<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Khkoh</id>
	<title>HelpWiki Highnix - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Khkoh"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Khkoh"/>
	<updated>2026-08-04T23:06:04Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.39.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Gross_Margin_Scheme&amp;diff=1508</id>
		<title>Gross Margin Scheme</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Gross_Margin_Scheme&amp;diff=1508"/>
		<updated>2026-07-27T10:43:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Purchasing Goods */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference: https://www.iras.gov.sg/taxes/goods-services-tax-%28gst%29/general-gst-schemes/gross-margin-scheme?utm_source=chatgpt.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= IRAS Gross Margin Scheme (GMS) =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The &#039;&#039;&#039;Gross Margin Scheme (GMS)&#039;&#039;&#039; is a special GST scheme administered by the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS). It allows eligible businesses dealing in second-hand goods, motor vehicles, and certain qualifying products to account for GST only on the &#039;&#039;&#039;gross margin&#039;&#039;&#039; (selling price less purchase price), instead of on the full selling price.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under this scheme, GST is calculated only when the selling price exceeds the purchase price. If the selling price is equal to or lower than the purchase price, no GST is payable on that transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
# For detailed eligibility requirements and operating rules, please refer to the official IRAS webpage:&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Gross Margin Scheme (GMS)&#039;&#039;&#039;   [https://www.iras.gov.sg/taxes/goods-services-tax-%28gst%29/general-gst-schemes/gross-margin-scheme?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://www.iras.gov.sg/taxes/goods-services-tax-(gst)/general-gst-schemes/gross-margin-scheme]&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Highnix Setup =&lt;br /&gt;
Before processing transactions under the Gross Margin Scheme, the following setup is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a GST Tax Type ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a GST tax type for GMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suggested setup&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Field&lt;br /&gt;
!Value&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Tax Type&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NA-GSM&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|GST Rate&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;9.0%&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sales GL Account&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2253 Output GST-NA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;NA&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is recommended because GST is &#039;&#039;&#039;not displayed on customer invoices&#039;&#039;&#039; under the Gross Margin Scheme. The GST is computed internally and posted into the GST Output account (GL Account 2253).&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Sales Tax Group ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Create a sales tax group.&lt;br /&gt;
## &#039;&#039;&#039;Suggested name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Tax-GMS-NA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## &#039;&#039;&#039;Include Shipping:&#039;&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;&#039;Shipping charges are not part of the Gross Margin Scheme calculation.)&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Purchase Tax Group (Optional) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If your business also purchases goods from suppliers using the Gross Margin Scheme, you may create a purchase tax group.&lt;br /&gt;
## &#039;&#039;&#039;Suggested name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## &#039;&#039;&#039;Purch Tax-GMS-NA:&#039;&#039;&#039; This setup is optional and depends on your business requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create an Item Tax Type ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Under &#039;&#039;&#039;Item Tax Exemption&#039;&#039;&#039;, create a new item tax type.&lt;br /&gt;
# Example:&lt;br /&gt;
## &#039;&#039;&#039;GMS-Gross Margin Scheme - 9%&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Configure this item tax type so that it is &#039;&#039;&#039;exempt from every GST tax type except the GMS tax type (NA-GSM)&#039;&#039;&#039; created earlier.  This ensures that GMS items cannot accidentally be taxed using the normal GST calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configure Inventory Items ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# For every inventory item that will be sold under the Gross Margin Scheme:&lt;br /&gt;
## Open the Inventory Item setup.&lt;br /&gt;
## Set the &#039;&#039;&#039;Item Tax Type&#039;&#039;&#039; to:&lt;br /&gt;
### &#039;&#039;&#039;GMS-Gross Margin Scheme - 9%&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configure Customers ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Customers purchasing goods under the Gross Margin Scheme should use the GMS Sales Tax Group.&lt;br /&gt;
# Example:&lt;br /&gt;
## &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Tax Group&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Tax-GMS-NA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Purchasing Goods =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When receiving or purchasing goods under the Gross Margin Scheme, users &#039;&#039;&#039;must enter the Serial Number or Batch Number&#039;&#039;&#039; for each qualifying item.&lt;br /&gt;
# The system uses this information to identify the original purchase cost when the item is subsequently sold.&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Important:&#039;&#039;&#039;   Each Serial Number or Batch Number should uniquely identify the purchased item. Accurate entry is essential because the GST calculation is based on the purchase price of that specific item.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Sales Processing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# After the initial setup is completed, users simply process purchase and sales transactions as normal.&lt;br /&gt;
# No additional GST calculation is required during invoicing.&lt;br /&gt;
# The system automatically:&lt;br /&gt;
## Retrieves the original purchase cost using the Serial Number or Batch Number.&lt;br /&gt;
## Calculates the gross margin.&lt;br /&gt;
## Computes the GST payable on the gross margin only.&lt;br /&gt;
## Records the GST into the configured GST Output GL account.&lt;br /&gt;
## Includes the transaction in the GST reporting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Customer invoices continue to be printed without displaying GST separately, in accordance with the Gross Margin Scheme requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= GST Reporting =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# All Gross Margin Scheme transactions are automatically included in the GST reporting process.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the GST Tax Report is generated, GMS transactions will appear under the configured GMS tax type together with the GST amount calculated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
# No manual adjustment is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Important Notes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Gross Margin Scheme items must not be mixed with normal GST-taxable items within the same invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
# Every GMS item must have a valid Serial Number or Batch Number recorded during purchase.&lt;br /&gt;
# The purchase price used for GST computation is taken from the original purchase transaction of the corresponding Serial Number or Batch Number.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the selling price is less than or equal to the purchase price, no GST is payable for that item.&lt;br /&gt;
# Shipping charges are excluded from the Gross Margin Scheme calculation.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Gross_Margin_Scheme&amp;diff=1507</id>
		<title>Gross Margin Scheme</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Gross_Margin_Scheme&amp;diff=1507"/>
		<updated>2026-07-27T10:37:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Purchasing Goods */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference: https://www.iras.gov.sg/taxes/goods-services-tax-%28gst%29/general-gst-schemes/gross-margin-scheme?utm_source=chatgpt.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= IRAS Gross Margin Scheme (GMS) =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Gross Margin Scheme (GMS)&#039;&#039;&#039; is a special GST scheme administered by the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS). It allows eligible businesses dealing in second-hand goods, motor vehicles, and certain qualifying products to account for GST only on the &#039;&#039;&#039;gross margin&#039;&#039;&#039; (selling price less purchase price), instead of on the full selling price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this scheme, GST is calculated only when the selling price exceeds the purchase price. If the selling price is equal to or lower than the purchase price, no GST is payable on that transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed eligibility requirements and operating rules, please refer to the official IRAS webpage:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gross Margin Scheme (GMS)&#039;&#039;&#039;   [https://www.iras.gov.sg/taxes/goods-services-tax-%28gst%29/general-gst-schemes/gross-margin-scheme?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://www.iras.gov.sg/taxes/goods-services-tax-(gst)/general-gst-schemes/gross-margin-scheme]&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Highnix Setup =&lt;br /&gt;
Before processing transactions under the Gross Margin Scheme, the following setup is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a GST Tax Type ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a GST tax type for GMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suggested setup&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Field&lt;br /&gt;
!Value&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Tax Type&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NA-GSM&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|GST Rate&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;9.0%&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sales GL Account&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2253 Output GST-NA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;NA&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is recommended because GST is &#039;&#039;&#039;not displayed on customer invoices&#039;&#039;&#039; under the Gross Margin Scheme. The GST is computed internally and posted into the GST Output account (GL Account 2253).&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Sales Tax Group ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a sales tax group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suggested name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Tax-GMS-NA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Include Shipping:&#039;&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;&#039;Shipping charges are not part of the Gross Margin Scheme calculation.)&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Purchase Tax Group (Optional) ==&lt;br /&gt;
If your business also purchases goods from suppliers using the Gross Margin Scheme, you may create a purchase tax group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suggested name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purch Tax-GMS-NA:&#039;&#039;&#039; This setup is optional and depends on your business requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create an Item Tax Type ==&lt;br /&gt;
Under &#039;&#039;&#039;Item Tax Exemption&#039;&#039;&#039;, create a new item tax type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GMS-Gross Margin Scheme - 9%&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configure this item tax type so that it is &#039;&#039;&#039;exempt from every GST tax type except the GMS tax type (NA-GSM)&#039;&#039;&#039; created earlier.  This ensures that GMS items cannot accidentally be taxed using the normal GST calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configure Inventory Items ==&lt;br /&gt;
For every inventory item that will be sold under the Gross Margin Scheme:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the Inventory Item setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the &#039;&#039;&#039;Item Tax Type&#039;&#039;&#039; to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GMS-Gross Margin Scheme - 9%&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configure Customers ==&lt;br /&gt;
Customers purchasing goods under the Gross Margin Scheme should use the GMS Sales Tax Group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Tax Group&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Tax-GMS-NA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purchasing Goods ==&lt;br /&gt;
When receiving or purchasing goods under the Gross Margin Scheme, users &#039;&#039;&#039;must enter the Serial Number or Batch Number&#039;&#039;&#039; for each qualifying item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system uses this information to identify the original purchase cost when the item is subsequently sold.&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Important:&#039;&#039;&#039;   Each Serial Number or Batch Number should uniquely identify the purchased item. Accurate entry is essential because the GST calculation is based on the purchase price of that specific item.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sales Processing ==&lt;br /&gt;
After the initial setup is completed, users simply process purchase and sales transactions as normal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No additional GST calculation is required during invoicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system automatically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieves the original purchase cost using the Serial Number or Batch Number.&lt;br /&gt;
* Calculates the gross margin.&lt;br /&gt;
* Computes the GST payable on the gross margin only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Records the GST into the configured GST Output GL account.&lt;br /&gt;
* Includes the transaction in the GST reporting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer invoices continue to be printed without displaying GST separately, in accordance with the Gross Margin Scheme requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GST Reporting ==&lt;br /&gt;
All Gross Margin Scheme transactions are automatically included in the GST reporting process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the GST Tax Report is generated, GMS transactions will appear under the configured GMS tax type together with the GST amount calculated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No manual adjustment is required.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Important Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Gross Margin Scheme items must not be mixed with normal GST-taxable items within the same invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* Every GMS item must have a valid Serial Number or Batch Number recorded during purchase.&lt;br /&gt;
* The purchase price used for GST computation is taken from the original purchase transaction of the corresponding Serial Number or Batch Number.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the selling price is less than or equal to the purchase price, no GST is payable for that item.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shipping charges are excluded from the Gross Margin Scheme calculation.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Gross_Margin_Scheme&amp;diff=1506</id>
		<title>Gross Margin Scheme</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Gross_Margin_Scheme&amp;diff=1506"/>
		<updated>2026-07-27T10:37:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference: https://www.iras.gov.sg/taxes/goods-services-tax-%28gst%29/general-gst-schemes/gross-margin-scheme?utm_source=chatgpt.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= IRAS Gross Margin Scheme (GMS) =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Gross Margin Scheme (GMS)&#039;&#039;&#039; is a special GST scheme administered by the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS). It allows eligible businesses dealing in second-hand goods, motor vehicles, and certain qualifying products to account for GST only on the &#039;&#039;&#039;gross margin&#039;&#039;&#039; (selling price less purchase price), instead of on the full selling price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this scheme, GST is calculated only when the selling price exceeds the purchase price. If the selling price is equal to or lower than the purchase price, no GST is payable on that transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed eligibility requirements and operating rules, please refer to the official IRAS webpage:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gross Margin Scheme (GMS)&#039;&#039;&#039;   [https://www.iras.gov.sg/taxes/goods-services-tax-%28gst%29/general-gst-schemes/gross-margin-scheme?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://www.iras.gov.sg/taxes/goods-services-tax-(gst)/general-gst-schemes/gross-margin-scheme]&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Highnix Setup =&lt;br /&gt;
Before processing transactions under the Gross Margin Scheme, the following setup is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a GST Tax Type ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a GST tax type for GMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suggested setup&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Field&lt;br /&gt;
!Value&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Tax Type&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NA-GSM&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|GST Rate&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;9.0%&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sales GL Account&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2253 Output GST-NA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;NA&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is recommended because GST is &#039;&#039;&#039;not displayed on customer invoices&#039;&#039;&#039; under the Gross Margin Scheme. The GST is computed internally and posted into the GST Output account (GL Account 2253).&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Sales Tax Group ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a sales tax group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suggested name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Tax-GMS-NA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Include Shipping:&#039;&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;&#039;Shipping charges are not part of the Gross Margin Scheme calculation.)&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Purchase Tax Group (Optional) ==&lt;br /&gt;
If your business also purchases goods from suppliers using the Gross Margin Scheme, you may create a purchase tax group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suggested name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purch Tax-GMS-NA:&#039;&#039;&#039; This setup is optional and depends on your business requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create an Item Tax Type ==&lt;br /&gt;
Under &#039;&#039;&#039;Item Tax Exemption&#039;&#039;&#039;, create a new item tax type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GMS-Gross Margin Scheme - 9%&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configure this item tax type so that it is &#039;&#039;&#039;exempt from every GST tax type except the GMS tax type (NA-GSM)&#039;&#039;&#039; created earlier.  This ensures that GMS items cannot accidentally be taxed using the normal GST calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configure Inventory Items ==&lt;br /&gt;
For every inventory item that will be sold under the Gross Margin Scheme:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the Inventory Item setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the &#039;&#039;&#039;Item Tax Type&#039;&#039;&#039; to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GMS-Gross Margin Scheme - 9%&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configure Customers ==&lt;br /&gt;
Customers purchasing goods under the Gross Margin Scheme should use the GMS Sales Tax Group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Tax Group&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Tax-GMS-NA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Purchasing Goods =&lt;br /&gt;
When receiving or purchasing goods under the Gross Margin Scheme, users &#039;&#039;&#039;must enter the Serial Number or Batch Number&#039;&#039;&#039; for each qualifying item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system uses this information to identify the original purchase cost when the item is subsequently sold.&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Important:&#039;&#039;&#039;   Each Serial Number or Batch Number should uniquely identify the purchased item. Accurate entry is essential because the GST calculation is based on the purchase price of that specific item.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sales Processing ==&lt;br /&gt;
After the initial setup is completed, users simply process purchase and sales transactions as normal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No additional GST calculation is required during invoicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system automatically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieves the original purchase cost using the Serial Number or Batch Number.&lt;br /&gt;
* Calculates the gross margin.&lt;br /&gt;
* Computes the GST payable on the gross margin only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Records the GST into the configured GST Output GL account.&lt;br /&gt;
* Includes the transaction in the GST reporting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer invoices continue to be printed without displaying GST separately, in accordance with the Gross Margin Scheme requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GST Reporting ==&lt;br /&gt;
All Gross Margin Scheme transactions are automatically included in the GST reporting process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the GST Tax Report is generated, GMS transactions will appear under the configured GMS tax type together with the GST amount calculated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No manual adjustment is required.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Important Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Gross Margin Scheme items must not be mixed with normal GST-taxable items within the same invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* Every GMS item must have a valid Serial Number or Batch Number recorded during purchase.&lt;br /&gt;
* The purchase price used for GST computation is taken from the original purchase transaction of the corresponding Serial Number or Batch Number.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the selling price is less than or equal to the purchase price, no GST is payable for that item.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shipping charges are excluded from the Gross Margin Scheme calculation.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Gross_Margin_Scheme&amp;diff=1505</id>
		<title>Gross Margin Scheme</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Gross_Margin_Scheme&amp;diff=1505"/>
		<updated>2026-07-27T10:31:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* IRAS Gross Margin Scheme (GMS) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference: https://www.iras.gov.sg/taxes/goods-services-tax-%28gst%29/general-gst-schemes/gross-margin-scheme?utm_source=chatgpt.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= IRAS Gross Margin Scheme (GMS) =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Gross Margin Scheme (GMS)&#039;&#039;&#039; is a special GST scheme administered by the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS). It allows eligible businesses dealing in second-hand goods, motor vehicles, and certain qualifying products to account for GST only on the &#039;&#039;&#039;gross margin&#039;&#039;&#039; (selling price less purchase price), instead of on the full selling price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this scheme, GST is calculated only when the selling price exceeds the purchase price. If the selling price is equal to or lower than the purchase price, no GST is payable on that transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed eligibility requirements and operating rules, please refer to the official IRAS webpage:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gross Margin Scheme (GMS)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://www.iras.gov.sg/taxes/goods-services-tax-(gst)/general-gst-schemes/gross-margin-scheme&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Highnix Setup =&lt;br /&gt;
Before processing transactions under the Gross Margin Scheme, the following setup is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a GST Tax Type ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a GST tax type for GMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suggested setup&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Field&lt;br /&gt;
!Value&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Tax Type&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NA-GSM&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|GST Rate&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;9.0%&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sales GL Account&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2253 Output GST-NA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;NA&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is recommended because GST is &#039;&#039;&#039;not displayed on customer invoices&#039;&#039;&#039; under the Gross Margin Scheme. The GST is computed internally and posted into the GST Output account (GL Account 2253).&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Sales Tax Group ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a sales tax group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suggested name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Tax-GMS-NA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Include Shipping&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping charges are not part of the Gross Margin Scheme calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Purchase Tax Group (Optional) ==&lt;br /&gt;
If your business also purchases goods from suppliers using the Gross Margin Scheme, you may create a purchase tax group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suggested name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purch Tax-GMS-NA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setup is optional and depends on your business requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create an Item Tax Type ==&lt;br /&gt;
Under &#039;&#039;&#039;Item Tax Exemption&#039;&#039;&#039;, create a new item tax type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GMS-Gross Margin Scheme - 9%&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configure this item tax type so that it is &#039;&#039;&#039;exempt from every GST tax type except the GMS tax type (NA-GSM)&#039;&#039;&#039; created earlier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This ensures that GMS items cannot accidentally be taxed using the normal GST calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configure Inventory Items ==&lt;br /&gt;
For every inventory item that will be sold under the Gross Margin Scheme:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the Inventory Item setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the &#039;&#039;&#039;Item Tax Type&#039;&#039;&#039; to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GMS-Gross Margin Scheme - 9%&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configure Customers ==&lt;br /&gt;
Customers purchasing goods under the Gross Margin Scheme should use the GMS Sales Tax Group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Tax Group&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Tax-GMS-NA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Purchasing Goods =&lt;br /&gt;
When receiving or purchasing goods under the Gross Margin Scheme, users &#039;&#039;&#039;must enter the Serial Number or Batch Number&#039;&#039;&#039; for each qualifying item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system uses this information to identify the original purchase cost when the item is subsequently sold.&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Serial Number or Batch Number should uniquely identify the purchased item. Accurate entry is essential because the GST calculation is based on the purchase price of that specific item.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Sales Processing =&lt;br /&gt;
After the initial setup is completed, users simply process purchase and sales transactions as normal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No additional GST calculation is required during invoicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system automatically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieves the original purchase cost using the Serial Number or Batch Number.&lt;br /&gt;
* Calculates the gross margin.&lt;br /&gt;
* Computes the GST payable on the gross margin only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Records the GST into the configured GST Output GL account.&lt;br /&gt;
* Includes the transaction in the GST reporting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer invoices continue to be printed without displaying GST separately, in accordance with the Gross Margin Scheme requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= GST Reporting =&lt;br /&gt;
All Gross Margin Scheme transactions are automatically included in the GST reporting process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the GST Tax Report is generated, GMS transactions will appear under the configured GMS tax type together with the GST amount calculated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No manual adjustment is required.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Important Notes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gross Margin Scheme items must not be mixed with normal GST-taxable items within the same invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* Every GMS item must have a valid Serial Number or Batch Number recorded during purchase.&lt;br /&gt;
* The purchase price used for GST computation is taken from the original purchase transaction of the corresponding Serial Number or Batch Number.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the selling price is less than or equal to the purchase price, no GST is payable for that item.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shipping charges are excluded from the Gross Margin Scheme calculation.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Gross_Margin_Scheme&amp;diff=1504</id>
		<title>Gross Margin Scheme</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Gross_Margin_Scheme&amp;diff=1504"/>
		<updated>2026-07-27T10:30:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference: https://www.iras.gov.sg/taxes/goods-services-tax-%28gst%29/general-gst-schemes/gross-margin-scheme?utm_source=chatgpt.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= IRAS Gross Margin Scheme (GMS) =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Gross Margin Scheme (GMS)&#039;&#039;&#039; is a special GST scheme administered by the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS). It allows eligible businesses dealing in second-hand goods, motor vehicles, and certain qualifying products to account for GST only on the &#039;&#039;&#039;gross margin&#039;&#039;&#039; (selling price less purchase price), instead of on the full selling price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this scheme, GST is calculated only when the selling price exceeds the purchase price. If the selling price is equal to or lower than the purchase price, no GST is payable on that transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed eligibility requirements and operating rules, please refer to the official IRAS webpage:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gross Margin Scheme (GMS)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://www.iras.gov.sg/taxes/goods-services-tax-(gst)/general-gst-schemes/gross-margin-scheme&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Highnix Setup =&lt;br /&gt;
Before processing transactions under the Gross Margin Scheme, the following setup is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1. Create a GST Tax Type ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a GST tax type for GMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suggested setup&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Field&lt;br /&gt;
!Value&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Tax Type&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;NA-GSM&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|GST Rate&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;9.0%&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sales GL Account&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2253 Output GST-NA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prefix &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;NA&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is recommended because GST is &#039;&#039;&#039;not displayed on customer invoices&#039;&#039;&#039; under the Gross Margin Scheme. The GST is computed internally and posted into the GST Output account (GL Account 2253).&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2. Create a Sales Tax Group ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a sales tax group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suggested name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Tax-GMS-NA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Include Shipping&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping charges are not part of the Gross Margin Scheme calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 3. Create a Purchase Tax Group (Optional) ==&lt;br /&gt;
If your business also purchases goods from suppliers using the Gross Margin Scheme, you may create a purchase tax group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Suggested name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purch Tax-GMS-NA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setup is optional and depends on your business requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 4. Create an Item Tax Type ==&lt;br /&gt;
Under &#039;&#039;&#039;Item Tax Exemption&#039;&#039;&#039;, create a new item tax type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GMS-Gross Margin Scheme - 9%&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configure this item tax type so that it is &#039;&#039;&#039;exempt from every GST tax type except the GMS tax type (NA-GSM)&#039;&#039;&#039; created earlier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This ensures that GMS items cannot accidentally be taxed using the normal GST calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 5. Configure Inventory Items ==&lt;br /&gt;
For every inventory item that will be sold under the Gross Margin Scheme:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the Inventory Item setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the &#039;&#039;&#039;Item Tax Type&#039;&#039;&#039; to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GMS-Gross Margin Scheme - 9%&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 6. Configure Customers ==&lt;br /&gt;
Customers purchasing goods under the Gross Margin Scheme should use the GMS Sales Tax Group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Tax Group&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Tax-GMS-NA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Purchasing Goods =&lt;br /&gt;
When receiving or purchasing goods under the Gross Margin Scheme, users &#039;&#039;&#039;must enter the Serial Number or Batch Number&#039;&#039;&#039; for each qualifying item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system uses this information to identify the original purchase cost when the item is subsequently sold.&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Serial Number or Batch Number should uniquely identify the purchased item. Accurate entry is essential because the GST calculation is based on the purchase price of that specific item.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Sales Processing =&lt;br /&gt;
After the initial setup is completed, users simply process purchase and sales transactions as normal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No additional GST calculation is required during invoicing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system automatically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieves the original purchase cost using the Serial Number or Batch Number.&lt;br /&gt;
* Calculates the gross margin.&lt;br /&gt;
* Computes the GST payable on the gross margin only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Records the GST into the configured GST Output GL account.&lt;br /&gt;
* Includes the transaction in the GST reporting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer invoices continue to be printed without displaying GST separately, in accordance with the Gross Margin Scheme requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= GST Reporting =&lt;br /&gt;
All Gross Margin Scheme transactions are automatically included in the GST reporting process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the GST Tax Report is generated, GMS transactions will appear under the configured GMS tax type together with the GST amount calculated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No manual adjustment is required.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Important Notes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gross Margin Scheme items must not be mixed with normal GST-taxable items within the same invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
* Every GMS item must have a valid Serial Number or Batch Number recorded during purchase.&lt;br /&gt;
* The purchase price used for GST computation is taken from the original purchase transaction of the corresponding Serial Number or Batch Number.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the selling price is less than or equal to the purchase price, no GST is payable for that item.&lt;br /&gt;
* Shipping charges are excluded from the Gross Margin Scheme calculation.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Home_(Click_on_Highnix_Logo)&amp;diff=1503</id>
		<title>Home (Click on Highnix Logo)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Home_(Click_on_Highnix_Logo)&amp;diff=1503"/>
		<updated>2026-07-27T10:26:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Welcome to Highnix Online Support And Documentation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Welcome to Highnix Online Support And Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Support: ===&lt;br /&gt;
:We will get back to you within 3 working days or earlier.&lt;br /&gt;
:* WhatsApp:  +65-8460 2283 (&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://wa.me/6584602283&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Voice:  +65-8912 8747 / +65-6214 1157&lt;br /&gt;
:* [https://www.highnix.com/contact-us/ Online Contact form:  https://www.highnix.com/contact-us/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Online Manual Table of Content: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;At any page, click the Highnix logo or Home on the left to go back to the Home Page.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Subject Category:&#039;&#039;&#039; This is organized according to the function tabs menu. It includes useful information and tips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable mw-collapsible&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Subject&lt;br /&gt;
!Subject Category&lt;br /&gt;
!Topics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[About this Help]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How to use help|How to Use Help?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[General]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Read Me First|&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot; &amp;quot;font:bold&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Read Me First (Must Read)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Why Highnix ERP|Why Highnix ERP?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Read Me First#do and do not|DO and DON&#039;T]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[General#General Form|Form]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Implementation&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[System Implementation and Deployment Preparation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Data Migration and Initial Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Training]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Application Programming Interface (API) (Coming)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Inventory and Product Mgt]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Handling the Landing Cost of Products Purchased]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Batch/Expiry Date Selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Report: Stock Check Sheets]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Transactions:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Inventory Location Transfers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Maintenance:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add and Edit Items]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Kitting]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Pricing:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Selling Price|Selling Price (Price Book)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Buying Price]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Standard Cost]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Generic Sales Flow]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Useful Tips - Sales]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Transactions:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Quotation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Order]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Delivery]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Invoice]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Late Payment Interest|Late Payment Interest Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|Purchase Management&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Purchase Credit Note]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Finance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Finance Management|About Finance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Foreign Currency Revaulation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Differences of Various Payment Types]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Journal Inquiry]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Transactions:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[General Receipt]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receive Customer Payment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Allocate Customer Payment or Credit Note]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Finance Management#Fixed Asset Management|Fixed Asset Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add and Edit Currencies|Add and Edit Currency]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Update Exchange Rates Table|Update Exchange Rates]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Maintenance:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add and Edit Bank Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|InvoiceNow&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;General&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[InvoiceNow Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Activation of GST InvoiceNow Submission for GST- Registered Businesses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Extraction and Packaging of Invoice Data]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Sending Invoices&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Invoice Data Submission through APs]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Reporting &amp;amp; Reconciliation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Adding Customer&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add or Edit A Customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sending InvoiceNow To Customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receiving InvoiceNow from Suppliers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|InvoiceNow-Advance Ordering&lt;br /&gt;
|[[InvoiceNow - Advance Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receiving of Customer Purchase Orders|Receiving and Processing of Customer Purchase Orders (or Sales Orders)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Process the Sales Order|Process the Sales Order (Accept, Reject, Accept with or without Changes)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sending of Customer Purchase Order Status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Important Things to Take Note When Sending Invoices to Government]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Send Invoices to Government|Sending Invoices to Government]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receiving Invoice Response from Customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|Dimension Management&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Extension Module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|Setup&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[System Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|System/GL Defaults&lt;br /&gt;
|[[System Setup#Default Account Codes and System General GL Setup|System and General GL]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Forms and Docs Reference Number&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|GST&lt;br /&gt;
|[[GST|GST Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add GST Tax Type]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Gross Margin Scheme|Gross Margin Scheme (GMS)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales of Vouchers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|###&lt;br /&gt;
|##################&lt;br /&gt;
|##############&lt;br /&gt;
|###################################&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|API&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[HR Processes with QuickHR|HRMS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[QuickHR Integration Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|FAQ / How To?&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Sales&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How to create water mark]]?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Contra of Accounts (A customer is also a supplier)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Handle Leasing of Products or Equipment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Handle Deposits]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Termination&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cessation Of Services]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Finance&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Write-Off of Uncollectible Receivables or Bad Debts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Error Codes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Error codes explain dolution|Error Codes Explanation and Solution]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Late_Payment_Interest&amp;diff=1502</id>
		<title>Late Payment Interest</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Late_Payment_Interest&amp;diff=1502"/>
		<updated>2026-07-24T05:36:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Compounded Interest */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Late Payment Interest (LPI) Module User Guide =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Late Payment Interest (LPI) Module is designed to help organizations automatically calculate and bill interest on overdue customer balances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is suitable for organizations that are legally or contractually entitled to charge interest on outstanding amounts, including:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations (MCST) in Singapore&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations and Joint Management Bodies (JMB) in Malaysia&lt;br /&gt;
* Property management companies&lt;br /&gt;
* Service providers with contractual late payment clauses&lt;br /&gt;
* Any business that charges interest on overdue receivables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module automates the calculation of Late Payment Interest (LPI) and Additional Payment Interest (API), ensuring consistent and accurate billing of overdue accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Understanding Late Payment Interest =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is Late Payment Interest (LPI)? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest (LPI) is an interest charge imposed on overdue amounts when payment is not received within the specified grace period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LPI may arise from:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Statutory or By-Law Provisions ===&lt;br /&gt;
Certain legislation and by-laws permit organizations to charge interest on overdue payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporation Strata Title (MCST) entities in Singapore&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations (MC) and Joint Management Bodies (JMB) in Malaysia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These organizations are generally permitted to impose interest on overdue maintenance fees, sinking fund contributions, and other charges when payment remains outstanding after the prescribed grace period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contractual Agreements ===&lt;br /&gt;
Businesses may also impose interest on overdue invoices when such charges are expressly stated in a contract, service agreement, sales agreement, or terms and conditions accepted by the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such charges are commonly referred to as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Late Payment Interest (LPI)&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional Payment Interest (API)&lt;br /&gt;
* Finance Charges&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest on Overdue Accounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Non-Compounded Interest Requirement ==&lt;br /&gt;
In many situations, interest is expected to be calculated on a simple (non-compounded) basis unless the parties have expressly agreed otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest is calculated only on the original overdue principal amount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Previously charged interest is not included in subsequent interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding Amount: $1,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1 Interest: $10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2 Interest: Still calculated on $1,000 only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous $10 interest is not included in the interest calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Compounded Interest ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compounded interest occurs when previously charged interest becomes part of the amount used for subsequent interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding Amount: $1,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1 Interest: $10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2 Interest is calculated on $1,010 instead of $1,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because compounded interest has legal and contractual implications, it should only be applied when expressly agreed upon by the contractual parties and permitted under the applicable laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Highnix LPI Module supports both non-compounded and compounded interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; When &#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled, &#039;&#039;&#039;new&#039;&#039;&#039; Late Payment Interest (LPI) invoices generated thereafter are flagged as eligible for future LPI calculations. If such an LPI invoice remains unpaid after the applicable grace period, its outstanding amount will be included in subsequent LPI calculations, resulting in compounded interest. LPI invoices generated before &#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI&#039;&#039;&#039; was enabled remain non-compounded and are not retrospectively included in future LPI calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
= Configuring Late Payment Interest Terms =&lt;br /&gt;
Before generating Late Payment Interest transactions, the interest terms must be configured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;System Setup → Late Payment Interest Terms&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this setup screen, define the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Interest Rate ===&lt;br /&gt;
The annual interest rate to be charged on overdue balances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 10% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
* 12% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grace Period ===&lt;br /&gt;
The number of days after the invoice date during which no interest is charged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the grace period is 30 days, interest begins only after the invoice remains unpaid for more than 30 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Additional Grace Period ===&lt;br /&gt;
An optional additional period before interest calculations commence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows organizations to provide further flexibility to customers before interest charges are applied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Interest Calculation Basis ===&lt;br /&gt;
Select whether interest should be calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Daily Basis&lt;br /&gt;
* Monthly Basis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The form is self-explanatory and allows administrators to configure the organization&#039;s preferred interest charging policy.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Defining the Late Payment Interest Item =&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest is billed using a dedicated service item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Default Item ==&lt;br /&gt;
Highnix provides a predefined service item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Item Code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;late_pmt_interest&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;late_pmt_interest&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This item is automatically available after installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changing the LPI Item ==&lt;br /&gt;
If a different item code or description is preferred, users may create a new service item and designate it as the official Late Payment Interest item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;System Setup → Forms and Docs Reference Number&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the desired item code from the available list and save the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All future Late Payment Interest transactions will use the selected item.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Configuring Compounded Interest for a Customer =&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports customer-specific control over compounded interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = No&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means interest is calculated using the standard non-compounded method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enabling Compounded Interest ==&lt;br /&gt;
If a customer has contractually agreed to compounded interest, enable the setting as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Management → Maintenance → Add and Edit Customer Records&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the customer profile and change:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequent Late Payment Interest calculations will then include previously charged LPI amounts in future interest computations.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Mixing LPI with Normal Invoice Items =&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest transactions are treated differently from normal sales transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because future interest calculations depend on the nature of the transaction, combining Late Payment Interest items with normal sales items may lead to incorrect interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the system automatically enforces the following rules:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-Compounded Interest Customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
When:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = No&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system does not allow Late Payment Interest items to be mixed with normal sales items within the same invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This ensures compliance with standard non-compounded interest principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Compounded Interest Customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
When:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system permits Late Payment Interest items and normal sales items to coexist within the same transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This supports customers who have expressly agreed to compounded interest arrangements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Examples of Late Payment Interest Calculation ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following examples illustrate the difference between non-compounded and compounded Late Payment Interest (LPI) calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example 1: Non-Compounded Interest ===&lt;br /&gt;
Assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Outstanding invoice amount: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest rate: 12% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest calculated monthly&lt;br /&gt;
* Monthly interest rate: 1%&lt;br /&gt;
* Customer setting: LPI on LPI = No&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding principal: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 + $100 = $10,100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding principal used for interest calculation: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accumulated outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,100 + $100 = $10,200&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding principal used for interest calculation: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accumulated outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,200 + $100 = $10,300&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, interest is always calculated based on the original overdue amount of $10,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although previous LPI charges remain unpaid, they are not included in subsequent interest calculations. This is known as non-compounded interest or simple interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example 2: Compounded Interest ===&lt;br /&gt;
Assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Outstanding invoice amount: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest rate: 12% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest calculated monthly&lt;br /&gt;
* Monthly interest rate: 1%&lt;br /&gt;
* Customer setting: LPI on LPI = Yes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding amount subject to interest: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 + $100 = $10,100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding amount subject to interest: $10,100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,100 × 1% = $101&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,100 + $101 = $10,201&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding amount subject to interest: $10,201&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,201 × 1% = $102.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,201 + $102.01 = $10,303.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, previously charged LPI becomes part of the amount used for future interest calculations. This is known as compounded interest or interest on interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Important Note ===&lt;br /&gt;
In many jurisdictions, Late Payment Interest is generally calculated on a non-compounded basis unless otherwise permitted by law or expressly agreed between the parties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, Highnix defaults the customer setting &amp;quot;LPI on LPI&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;No&amp;quot;. Users should only enable &amp;quot;LPI on LPI = Yes&amp;quot; when compounded interest is legally permissible and has been contractually agreed by the relevant parties.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Recommended Practice =&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure accurate and compliant interest calculations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Configure the organization&#039;s LPI Terms before generating interest charges.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify that the correct LPI service item has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use non-compounded interest unless compounded interest is legally permitted and contractually agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable &amp;quot;LPI on LPI&amp;quot; only for customers with documented approval for compounded interest.&lt;br /&gt;
# Review generated LPI transactions before posting them to customer accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following these guidelines will help ensure accurate calculation and proper management of overdue receivables using the Highnix LPI Module.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Late_Payment_Interest&amp;diff=1501</id>
		<title>Late Payment Interest</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Late_Payment_Interest&amp;diff=1501"/>
		<updated>2026-07-24T04:07:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Compounded Interest */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Late Payment Interest (LPI) Module User Guide =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Late Payment Interest (LPI) Module is designed to help organizations automatically calculate and bill interest on overdue customer balances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is suitable for organizations that are legally or contractually entitled to charge interest on outstanding amounts, including:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations (MCST) in Singapore&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations and Joint Management Bodies (JMB) in Malaysia&lt;br /&gt;
* Property management companies&lt;br /&gt;
* Service providers with contractual late payment clauses&lt;br /&gt;
* Any business that charges interest on overdue receivables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module automates the calculation of Late Payment Interest (LPI) and Additional Payment Interest (API), ensuring consistent and accurate billing of overdue accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Understanding Late Payment Interest =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is Late Payment Interest (LPI)? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest (LPI) is an interest charge imposed on overdue amounts when payment is not received within the specified grace period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LPI may arise from:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Statutory or By-Law Provisions ===&lt;br /&gt;
Certain legislation and by-laws permit organizations to charge interest on overdue payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporation Strata Title (MCST) entities in Singapore&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations (MC) and Joint Management Bodies (JMB) in Malaysia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These organizations are generally permitted to impose interest on overdue maintenance fees, sinking fund contributions, and other charges when payment remains outstanding after the prescribed grace period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contractual Agreements ===&lt;br /&gt;
Businesses may also impose interest on overdue invoices when such charges are expressly stated in a contract, service agreement, sales agreement, or terms and conditions accepted by the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such charges are commonly referred to as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Late Payment Interest (LPI)&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional Payment Interest (API)&lt;br /&gt;
* Finance Charges&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest on Overdue Accounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Non-Compounded Interest Requirement ==&lt;br /&gt;
In many situations, interest is expected to be calculated on a simple (non-compounded) basis unless the parties have expressly agreed otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest is calculated only on the original overdue principal amount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Previously charged interest is not included in subsequent interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding Amount: $1,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1 Interest: $10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2 Interest: Still calculated on $1,000 only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous $10 interest is not included in the interest calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Compounded Interest ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compounded interest occurs when previously charged interest becomes part of the amount used for subsequent interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding Amount: $1,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1 Interest: $10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2 Interest is calculated on $1,010 instead of $1,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because compounded interest has legal and contractual implications, it should only be applied when expressly agreed upon by the contractual parties and permitted under the applicable laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Highnix LPI Module supports both non-compounded and compounded interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; When &#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled, any &#039;&#039;&#039;new&#039;&#039;&#039; Late Payment Interest (LPI) invoices generated thereafter are treated as normal sales invoices for the purpose of future LPI calculations. If such an LPI invoice remains unpaid after the applicable grace period, its outstanding amount will be included in subsequent LPI calculations, resulting in compounded interest. LPI invoices generated before &#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI&#039;&#039;&#039; was enabled remain non-compounded and are not retrospectively included in future LPI calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
= Configuring Late Payment Interest Terms =&lt;br /&gt;
Before generating Late Payment Interest transactions, the interest terms must be configured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;System Setup → Late Payment Interest Terms&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this setup screen, define the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Interest Rate ===&lt;br /&gt;
The annual interest rate to be charged on overdue balances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 10% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
* 12% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grace Period ===&lt;br /&gt;
The number of days after the invoice date during which no interest is charged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the grace period is 30 days, interest begins only after the invoice remains unpaid for more than 30 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Additional Grace Period ===&lt;br /&gt;
An optional additional period before interest calculations commence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows organizations to provide further flexibility to customers before interest charges are applied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Interest Calculation Basis ===&lt;br /&gt;
Select whether interest should be calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Daily Basis&lt;br /&gt;
* Monthly Basis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The form is self-explanatory and allows administrators to configure the organization&#039;s preferred interest charging policy.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Defining the Late Payment Interest Item =&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest is billed using a dedicated service item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Default Item ==&lt;br /&gt;
Highnix provides a predefined service item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Item Code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;late_pmt_interest&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;late_pmt_interest&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This item is automatically available after installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changing the LPI Item ==&lt;br /&gt;
If a different item code or description is preferred, users may create a new service item and designate it as the official Late Payment Interest item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;System Setup → Forms and Docs Reference Number&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the desired item code from the available list and save the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All future Late Payment Interest transactions will use the selected item.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Configuring Compounded Interest for a Customer =&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports customer-specific control over compounded interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = No&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means interest is calculated using the standard non-compounded method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enabling Compounded Interest ==&lt;br /&gt;
If a customer has contractually agreed to compounded interest, enable the setting as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Management → Maintenance → Add and Edit Customer Records&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the customer profile and change:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequent Late Payment Interest calculations will then include previously charged LPI amounts in future interest computations.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Mixing LPI with Normal Invoice Items =&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest transactions are treated differently from normal sales transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because future interest calculations depend on the nature of the transaction, combining Late Payment Interest items with normal sales items may lead to incorrect interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the system automatically enforces the following rules:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-Compounded Interest Customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
When:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = No&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system does not allow Late Payment Interest items to be mixed with normal sales items within the same invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This ensures compliance with standard non-compounded interest principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Compounded Interest Customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
When:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system permits Late Payment Interest items and normal sales items to coexist within the same transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This supports customers who have expressly agreed to compounded interest arrangements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Examples of Late Payment Interest Calculation ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following examples illustrate the difference between non-compounded and compounded Late Payment Interest (LPI) calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example 1: Non-Compounded Interest ===&lt;br /&gt;
Assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Outstanding invoice amount: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest rate: 12% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest calculated monthly&lt;br /&gt;
* Monthly interest rate: 1%&lt;br /&gt;
* Customer setting: LPI on LPI = No&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding principal: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 + $100 = $10,100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding principal used for interest calculation: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accumulated outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,100 + $100 = $10,200&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding principal used for interest calculation: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accumulated outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,200 + $100 = $10,300&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, interest is always calculated based on the original overdue amount of $10,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although previous LPI charges remain unpaid, they are not included in subsequent interest calculations. This is known as non-compounded interest or simple interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example 2: Compounded Interest ===&lt;br /&gt;
Assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Outstanding invoice amount: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest rate: 12% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest calculated monthly&lt;br /&gt;
* Monthly interest rate: 1%&lt;br /&gt;
* Customer setting: LPI on LPI = Yes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding amount subject to interest: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 + $100 = $10,100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding amount subject to interest: $10,100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,100 × 1% = $101&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,100 + $101 = $10,201&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding amount subject to interest: $10,201&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,201 × 1% = $102.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,201 + $102.01 = $10,303.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, previously charged LPI becomes part of the amount used for future interest calculations. This is known as compounded interest or interest on interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Important Note ===&lt;br /&gt;
In many jurisdictions, Late Payment Interest is generally calculated on a non-compounded basis unless otherwise permitted by law or expressly agreed between the parties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, Highnix defaults the customer setting &amp;quot;LPI on LPI&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;No&amp;quot;. Users should only enable &amp;quot;LPI on LPI = Yes&amp;quot; when compounded interest is legally permissible and has been contractually agreed by the relevant parties.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Recommended Practice =&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure accurate and compliant interest calculations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Configure the organization&#039;s LPI Terms before generating interest charges.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify that the correct LPI service item has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use non-compounded interest unless compounded interest is legally permitted and contractually agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable &amp;quot;LPI on LPI&amp;quot; only for customers with documented approval for compounded interest.&lt;br /&gt;
# Review generated LPI transactions before posting them to customer accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following these guidelines will help ensure accurate calculation and proper management of overdue receivables using the Highnix LPI Module.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Late_Payment_Interest&amp;diff=1500</id>
		<title>Late Payment Interest</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Late_Payment_Interest&amp;diff=1500"/>
		<updated>2026-07-24T04:01:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Compounded Interest */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Late Payment Interest (LPI) Module User Guide =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Late Payment Interest (LPI) Module is designed to help organizations automatically calculate and bill interest on overdue customer balances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is suitable for organizations that are legally or contractually entitled to charge interest on outstanding amounts, including:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations (MCST) in Singapore&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations and Joint Management Bodies (JMB) in Malaysia&lt;br /&gt;
* Property management companies&lt;br /&gt;
* Service providers with contractual late payment clauses&lt;br /&gt;
* Any business that charges interest on overdue receivables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module automates the calculation of Late Payment Interest (LPI) and Additional Payment Interest (API), ensuring consistent and accurate billing of overdue accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Understanding Late Payment Interest =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is Late Payment Interest (LPI)? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest (LPI) is an interest charge imposed on overdue amounts when payment is not received within the specified grace period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LPI may arise from:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Statutory or By-Law Provisions ===&lt;br /&gt;
Certain legislation and by-laws permit organizations to charge interest on overdue payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporation Strata Title (MCST) entities in Singapore&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations (MC) and Joint Management Bodies (JMB) in Malaysia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These organizations are generally permitted to impose interest on overdue maintenance fees, sinking fund contributions, and other charges when payment remains outstanding after the prescribed grace period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contractual Agreements ===&lt;br /&gt;
Businesses may also impose interest on overdue invoices when such charges are expressly stated in a contract, service agreement, sales agreement, or terms and conditions accepted by the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such charges are commonly referred to as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Late Payment Interest (LPI)&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional Payment Interest (API)&lt;br /&gt;
* Finance Charges&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest on Overdue Accounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Non-Compounded Interest Requirement ==&lt;br /&gt;
In many situations, interest is expected to be calculated on a simple (non-compounded) basis unless the parties have expressly agreed otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest is calculated only on the original overdue principal amount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Previously charged interest is not included in subsequent interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding Amount: $1,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1 Interest: $10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2 Interest: Still calculated on $1,000 only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous $10 interest is not included in the interest calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Compounded Interest ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compounded interest occurs when previously charged interest becomes part of the amount used for subsequent interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding Amount: $1,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1 Interest: $10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2 Interest is calculated on $1,010 instead of $1,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because compounded interest has legal and contractual implications, it should only be applied when expressly agreed upon by the contractual parties and permitted under the applicable laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Highnix LPI Module supports both non-compounded and compounded interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
## &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; When &#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled, the generated Late Payment Interest (LPI) invoice is treated as a normal sales invoice for the purpose of future LPI calculations. If the LPI invoice remains unpaid after the applicable grace period, the outstanding LPI amount will itself be subject to subsequent Late Payment Interest calculations, resulting in compounded interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Configuring Late Payment Interest Terms =&lt;br /&gt;
Before generating Late Payment Interest transactions, the interest terms must be configured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;System Setup → Late Payment Interest Terms&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this setup screen, define the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Interest Rate ===&lt;br /&gt;
The annual interest rate to be charged on overdue balances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 10% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
* 12% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grace Period ===&lt;br /&gt;
The number of days after the invoice date during which no interest is charged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the grace period is 30 days, interest begins only after the invoice remains unpaid for more than 30 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Additional Grace Period ===&lt;br /&gt;
An optional additional period before interest calculations commence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows organizations to provide further flexibility to customers before interest charges are applied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Interest Calculation Basis ===&lt;br /&gt;
Select whether interest should be calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Daily Basis&lt;br /&gt;
* Monthly Basis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The form is self-explanatory and allows administrators to configure the organization&#039;s preferred interest charging policy.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Defining the Late Payment Interest Item =&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest is billed using a dedicated service item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Default Item ==&lt;br /&gt;
Highnix provides a predefined service item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Item Code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;late_pmt_interest&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;late_pmt_interest&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This item is automatically available after installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changing the LPI Item ==&lt;br /&gt;
If a different item code or description is preferred, users may create a new service item and designate it as the official Late Payment Interest item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;System Setup → Forms and Docs Reference Number&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the desired item code from the available list and save the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All future Late Payment Interest transactions will use the selected item.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Configuring Compounded Interest for a Customer =&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports customer-specific control over compounded interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = No&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means interest is calculated using the standard non-compounded method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enabling Compounded Interest ==&lt;br /&gt;
If a customer has contractually agreed to compounded interest, enable the setting as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Management → Maintenance → Add and Edit Customer Records&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the customer profile and change:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequent Late Payment Interest calculations will then include previously charged LPI amounts in future interest computations.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Mixing LPI with Normal Invoice Items =&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest transactions are treated differently from normal sales transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because future interest calculations depend on the nature of the transaction, combining Late Payment Interest items with normal sales items may lead to incorrect interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the system automatically enforces the following rules:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-Compounded Interest Customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
When:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = No&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system does not allow Late Payment Interest items to be mixed with normal sales items within the same invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This ensures compliance with standard non-compounded interest principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Compounded Interest Customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
When:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system permits Late Payment Interest items and normal sales items to coexist within the same transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This supports customers who have expressly agreed to compounded interest arrangements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Examples of Late Payment Interest Calculation ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following examples illustrate the difference between non-compounded and compounded Late Payment Interest (LPI) calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example 1: Non-Compounded Interest ===&lt;br /&gt;
Assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Outstanding invoice amount: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest rate: 12% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest calculated monthly&lt;br /&gt;
* Monthly interest rate: 1%&lt;br /&gt;
* Customer setting: LPI on LPI = No&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding principal: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 + $100 = $10,100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding principal used for interest calculation: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accumulated outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,100 + $100 = $10,200&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding principal used for interest calculation: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accumulated outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,200 + $100 = $10,300&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, interest is always calculated based on the original overdue amount of $10,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although previous LPI charges remain unpaid, they are not included in subsequent interest calculations. This is known as non-compounded interest or simple interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example 2: Compounded Interest ===&lt;br /&gt;
Assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Outstanding invoice amount: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest rate: 12% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest calculated monthly&lt;br /&gt;
* Monthly interest rate: 1%&lt;br /&gt;
* Customer setting: LPI on LPI = Yes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding amount subject to interest: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 + $100 = $10,100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding amount subject to interest: $10,100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,100 × 1% = $101&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,100 + $101 = $10,201&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding amount subject to interest: $10,201&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,201 × 1% = $102.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,201 + $102.01 = $10,303.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, previously charged LPI becomes part of the amount used for future interest calculations. This is known as compounded interest or interest on interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Important Note ===&lt;br /&gt;
In many jurisdictions, Late Payment Interest is generally calculated on a non-compounded basis unless otherwise permitted by law or expressly agreed between the parties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, Highnix defaults the customer setting &amp;quot;LPI on LPI&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;No&amp;quot;. Users should only enable &amp;quot;LPI on LPI = Yes&amp;quot; when compounded interest is legally permissible and has been contractually agreed by the relevant parties.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Recommended Practice =&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure accurate and compliant interest calculations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Configure the organization&#039;s LPI Terms before generating interest charges.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify that the correct LPI service item has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use non-compounded interest unless compounded interest is legally permitted and contractually agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable &amp;quot;LPI on LPI&amp;quot; only for customers with documented approval for compounded interest.&lt;br /&gt;
# Review generated LPI transactions before posting them to customer accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following these guidelines will help ensure accurate calculation and proper management of overdue receivables using the Highnix LPI Module.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Late_Payment_Interest&amp;diff=1499</id>
		<title>Late Payment Interest</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Late_Payment_Interest&amp;diff=1499"/>
		<updated>2026-07-24T03:56:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Compounded Interest */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Late Payment Interest (LPI) Module User Guide =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Late Payment Interest (LPI) Module is designed to help organizations automatically calculate and bill interest on overdue customer balances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is suitable for organizations that are legally or contractually entitled to charge interest on outstanding amounts, including:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations (MCST) in Singapore&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations and Joint Management Bodies (JMB) in Malaysia&lt;br /&gt;
* Property management companies&lt;br /&gt;
* Service providers with contractual late payment clauses&lt;br /&gt;
* Any business that charges interest on overdue receivables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module automates the calculation of Late Payment Interest (LPI) and Additional Payment Interest (API), ensuring consistent and accurate billing of overdue accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Understanding Late Payment Interest =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is Late Payment Interest (LPI)? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest (LPI) is an interest charge imposed on overdue amounts when payment is not received within the specified grace period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LPI may arise from:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Statutory or By-Law Provisions ===&lt;br /&gt;
Certain legislation and by-laws permit organizations to charge interest on overdue payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporation Strata Title (MCST) entities in Singapore&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations (MC) and Joint Management Bodies (JMB) in Malaysia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These organizations are generally permitted to impose interest on overdue maintenance fees, sinking fund contributions, and other charges when payment remains outstanding after the prescribed grace period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contractual Agreements ===&lt;br /&gt;
Businesses may also impose interest on overdue invoices when such charges are expressly stated in a contract, service agreement, sales agreement, or terms and conditions accepted by the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such charges are commonly referred to as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Late Payment Interest (LPI)&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional Payment Interest (API)&lt;br /&gt;
* Finance Charges&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest on Overdue Accounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Non-Compounded Interest Requirement ==&lt;br /&gt;
In many situations, interest is expected to be calculated on a simple (non-compounded) basis unless the parties have expressly agreed otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest is calculated only on the original overdue principal amount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Previously charged interest is not included in subsequent interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding Amount: $1,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1 Interest: $10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2 Interest: Still calculated on $1,000 only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous $10 interest is not included in the interest calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Compounded Interest ==&lt;br /&gt;
Compounded interest occurs when previously charged interest becomes part of the balance used for future interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding Amount: $1,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1 Interest: $10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2 Interest is calculated on $1,010 instead of $1,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because compounded interest has legal and contractual implications, it should only be used when explicitly agreed upon and permitted by applicable regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Highnix LPI Module supports both methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note: Compounded Interest will treat the invoice as normal invoice when the LPI is included.  And therefore, the LPI amount will be treated as a normal invoiced item which will incur LPI if it is not settled.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Configuring Late Payment Interest Terms =&lt;br /&gt;
Before generating Late Payment Interest transactions, the interest terms must be configured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;System Setup → Late Payment Interest Terms&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this setup screen, define the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Interest Rate ===&lt;br /&gt;
The annual interest rate to be charged on overdue balances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 10% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
* 12% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grace Period ===&lt;br /&gt;
The number of days after the invoice date during which no interest is charged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the grace period is 30 days, interest begins only after the invoice remains unpaid for more than 30 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Additional Grace Period ===&lt;br /&gt;
An optional additional period before interest calculations commence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows organizations to provide further flexibility to customers before interest charges are applied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Interest Calculation Basis ===&lt;br /&gt;
Select whether interest should be calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Daily Basis&lt;br /&gt;
* Monthly Basis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The form is self-explanatory and allows administrators to configure the organization&#039;s preferred interest charging policy.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Defining the Late Payment Interest Item =&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest is billed using a dedicated service item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Default Item ==&lt;br /&gt;
Highnix provides a predefined service item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Item Code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;late_pmt_interest&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;late_pmt_interest&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This item is automatically available after installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changing the LPI Item ==&lt;br /&gt;
If a different item code or description is preferred, users may create a new service item and designate it as the official Late Payment Interest item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;System Setup → Forms and Docs Reference Number&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the desired item code from the available list and save the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All future Late Payment Interest transactions will use the selected item.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Configuring Compounded Interest for a Customer =&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports customer-specific control over compounded interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = No&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means interest is calculated using the standard non-compounded method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enabling Compounded Interest ==&lt;br /&gt;
If a customer has contractually agreed to compounded interest, enable the setting as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Management → Maintenance → Add and Edit Customer Records&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the customer profile and change:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequent Late Payment Interest calculations will then include previously charged LPI amounts in future interest computations.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Mixing LPI with Normal Invoice Items =&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest transactions are treated differently from normal sales transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because future interest calculations depend on the nature of the transaction, combining Late Payment Interest items with normal sales items may lead to incorrect interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the system automatically enforces the following rules:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-Compounded Interest Customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
When:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = No&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system does not allow Late Payment Interest items to be mixed with normal sales items within the same invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This ensures compliance with standard non-compounded interest principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Compounded Interest Customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
When:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system permits Late Payment Interest items and normal sales items to coexist within the same transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This supports customers who have expressly agreed to compounded interest arrangements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Examples of Late Payment Interest Calculation ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following examples illustrate the difference between non-compounded and compounded Late Payment Interest (LPI) calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example 1: Non-Compounded Interest ===&lt;br /&gt;
Assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Outstanding invoice amount: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest rate: 12% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest calculated monthly&lt;br /&gt;
* Monthly interest rate: 1%&lt;br /&gt;
* Customer setting: LPI on LPI = No&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding principal: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 + $100 = $10,100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding principal used for interest calculation: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accumulated outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,100 + $100 = $10,200&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding principal used for interest calculation: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accumulated outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,200 + $100 = $10,300&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, interest is always calculated based on the original overdue amount of $10,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although previous LPI charges remain unpaid, they are not included in subsequent interest calculations. This is known as non-compounded interest or simple interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example 2: Compounded Interest ===&lt;br /&gt;
Assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Outstanding invoice amount: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest rate: 12% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest calculated monthly&lt;br /&gt;
* Monthly interest rate: 1%&lt;br /&gt;
* Customer setting: LPI on LPI = Yes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding amount subject to interest: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 + $100 = $10,100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding amount subject to interest: $10,100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,100 × 1% = $101&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,100 + $101 = $10,201&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding amount subject to interest: $10,201&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,201 × 1% = $102.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,201 + $102.01 = $10,303.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, previously charged LPI becomes part of the amount used for future interest calculations. This is known as compounded interest or interest on interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Important Note ===&lt;br /&gt;
In many jurisdictions, Late Payment Interest is generally calculated on a non-compounded basis unless otherwise permitted by law or expressly agreed between the parties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, Highnix defaults the customer setting &amp;quot;LPI on LPI&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;No&amp;quot;. Users should only enable &amp;quot;LPI on LPI = Yes&amp;quot; when compounded interest is legally permissible and has been contractually agreed by the relevant parties.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Recommended Practice =&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure accurate and compliant interest calculations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Configure the organization&#039;s LPI Terms before generating interest charges.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify that the correct LPI service item has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use non-compounded interest unless compounded interest is legally permitted and contractually agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable &amp;quot;LPI on LPI&amp;quot; only for customers with documented approval for compounded interest.&lt;br /&gt;
# Review generated LPI transactions before posting them to customer accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following these guidelines will help ensure accurate calculation and proper management of overdue receivables using the Highnix LPI Module.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Gross_Margin_Scheme&amp;diff=1498</id>
		<title>Gross Margin Scheme</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Gross_Margin_Scheme&amp;diff=1498"/>
		<updated>2026-07-23T03:42:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference: https://www.iras.gov.sg/taxes/goods-services-tax-%28gst%29/general-gst-schemes/gross-margin-scheme?utm_source=chatgpt.com&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Gross_Margin_Scheme&amp;diff=1497</id>
		<title>Gross Margin Scheme</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Gross_Margin_Scheme&amp;diff=1497"/>
		<updated>2026-07-23T03:41:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: Created page with &amp;quot;__FORCETOC__&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Home_(Click_on_Highnix_Logo)&amp;diff=1496</id>
		<title>Home (Click on Highnix Logo)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Home_(Click_on_Highnix_Logo)&amp;diff=1496"/>
		<updated>2026-07-23T03:41:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Welcome to Highnix Online Support And Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Support: ===&lt;br /&gt;
:We will get back to you within 3 working days or earlier.&lt;br /&gt;
:* WhatsApp:  +65-8460 2283 (&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://wa.me/6584602283&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Voice:  +65-8912 8747 / +65-6214 1157&lt;br /&gt;
:* [https://www.highnix.com/contact-us/ Online Contact form:  https://www.highnix.com/contact-us/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Online Manual Table of Content: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;At any page, click the Highnix logo or Home on the left to go back to the Home Page.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Subject Category:&#039;&#039;&#039; This is organized according to the function tabs menu. It includes useful information and tips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable mw-collapsible&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Subject&lt;br /&gt;
!Subject Category&lt;br /&gt;
!Topics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[About this Help]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How to use help|How to Use Help?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[General]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Read Me First|&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot; &amp;quot;font:bold&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Read Me First (Must Read)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Why Highnix ERP|Why Highnix ERP?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Read Me First#do and do not|DO and DON&#039;T]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[General#General Form|Form]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Implementation&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[System Implementation and Deployment Preparation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Data Migration and Initial Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Training]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Application Programming Interface (API) (Coming)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Inventory and Product Mgt]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Handling the Landing Cost of Products Purchased]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Batch/Expiry Date Selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Report: Stock Check Sheets]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Transactions:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Inventory Location Transfers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Maintenance:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add and Edit Items]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Kitting]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Pricing:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Selling Price|Selling Price (Price Book)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Buying Price]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Standard Cost]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Generic Sales Flow]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Useful Tips - Sales]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Transactions:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Quotation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Order]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Delivery]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Invoice]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Late Payment Interest|Late Payment Interest Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|Purchase Management&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Purchase Credit Note]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Finance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Finance Management|About Finance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Foreign Currency Revaulation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Differences of Various Payment Types]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Journal Inquiry]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Transactions:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[General Receipt]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receive Customer Payment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Allocate Customer Payment or Credit Note]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Finance Management#Fixed Asset Management|Fixed Asset Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add and Edit Currencies|Add and Edit Currency]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Update Exchange Rates Table|Update Exchange Rates]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Maintenance:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add and Edit Bank Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|InvoiceNow&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;General&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[InvoiceNow Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Activation of GST InvoiceNow Submission for GST- Registered Businesses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Extraction and Packaging of Invoice Data]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Sending Invoices&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Invoice Data Submission through APs]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Reporting &amp;amp; Reconciliation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Adding Customer&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add or Edit A Customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sending InvoiceNow To Customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receiving InvoiceNow from Suppliers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|InvoiceNow-Advance Ordering&lt;br /&gt;
|[[InvoiceNow - Advance Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receiving of Customer Purchase Orders|Receiving and Processing of Customer Purchase Orders (or Sales Orders)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Process the Sales Order|Process the Sales Order (Accept, Reject, Accept with or without Changes)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sending of Customer Purchase Order Status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Important Things to Take Note When Sending Invoices to Government]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Send Invoices to Government|Sending Invoices to Government]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receiving Invoice Response from Customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|Dimension Management&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Extension Module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|Setup&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[System Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|System/GL Defaults&lt;br /&gt;
|[[System Setup#Default Account Codes and System General GL Setup|System and General GL]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Forms and Docs Reference Number&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|GST&lt;br /&gt;
|[[GST|GST Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add GST Tax Type]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Gross Margin Scheme]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales of Vouchers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|###&lt;br /&gt;
|##################&lt;br /&gt;
|##############&lt;br /&gt;
|###################################&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|API&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[HR Processes with QuickHR|HRMS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[QuickHR Integration Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|FAQ / How To?&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Sales&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How to create water mark]]?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Contra of Accounts (A customer is also a supplier)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Handle Leasing of Products or Equipment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Handle Deposits]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Termination&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cessation Of Services]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Finance&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Write-Off of Uncollectible Receivables or Bad Debts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Error Codes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Error codes explain dolution|Error Codes Explanation and Solution]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Activation_of_GST_InvoiceNow_Submission_for_GST-_Registered_Businesses&amp;diff=1495</id>
		<title>Activation of GST InvoiceNow Submission for GST- Registered Businesses</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Activation_of_GST_InvoiceNow_Submission_for_GST-_Registered_Businesses&amp;diff=1495"/>
		<updated>2026-07-17T08:38:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Activating or Deactivating GST InvoiceNow Submission */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Registering and Activating GST InvoiceNow Submission&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section explains how to register your business with Peppol and activate GST InvoiceNow Submission for GST reporting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Registering a Peppol Account ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you can activate GST InvoiceNow Submission, your business must have a valid Peppol ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify whether your business is already registered with Peppol using one of the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
## Visit the [https://www.highnix.com Highnix website] and navigate to the [https://www.peppoldirectory.sg/ Peppol ID Directory - SG Companies].&lt;br /&gt;
## Alternatively, access the Peppol directory directly at https://www.peppoldirectory.sg/.&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for your business name.&lt;br /&gt;
## If your business appears in the search results, your Peppol ID has already been registered. You may proceed to the activation section below.&lt;br /&gt;
## If your business does not appear, you will need to register for a Peppol ID.&lt;br /&gt;
# To register a Peppol ID:&lt;br /&gt;
## Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;[https://www.highnix.com/peppol-einvoice-id-registration/ InvoiceNow Registration Form]&#039;&#039;&#039; on the Highnix website.&lt;br /&gt;
## Complete the registration form. Fields marked with an asterisk (*) are mandatory.&lt;br /&gt;
## Complete the security verification and click the &#039;&#039;&#039;SEND&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
## Highnix will process your registration request and notify you once your Peppol ID has been created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activating or Deactivating GST InvoiceNow Submission ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# After your Peppol ID has been created, navigate to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Mgt → Peppol-Sales → GST InvoiceNow Activation&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# The page displays the &#039;&#039;&#039;Current GST InvoiceNow Status&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## &#039;&#039;&#039;DEACTIVATED&#039;&#039;&#039; – Your business has not yet been activated for GST InvoiceNow Submission.&lt;br /&gt;
## &#039;&#039;&#039;ACTIVATED&#039;&#039;&#039; – Your business is already activated for GST InvoiceNow Submission.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the current status is &#039;&#039;&#039;DEACTIVATED&#039;&#039;&#039; (Fig 1), click &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate GST InvoiceNow&#039;&#039;&#039; to begin the activation process.&lt;br /&gt;
# The system will submit the activation request and perform the necessary background processing. This usually takes only 1 to 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the request has been successfully submitted, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Complete GST InvoiceNow KYC&#039;&#039;&#039; button will be displayed (Fig 2).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Complete GST InvoiceNow KYC&#039;&#039;&#039;. You will be redirected to the GST InvoiceNow activation page, where the Corppass authentication screen will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
# KYC (Know Your Customer) is the identity verification process required before GST InvoiceNow Submission can be activated.&lt;br /&gt;
# The company&#039;s authorised personnel must complete the authentication using one of the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
## Scan the QR code using the Singpass Mobile App (Fig 3 and Fig 4), or&lt;br /&gt;
## Sign in using the Corppass login credentials.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the KYC process has been completed successfully (Fig 5), you may receive a confirmation email indicating that GST InvoiceNow Submission has been activated.&lt;br /&gt;
# Return to the &#039;&#039;&#039;GST InvoiceNow Activation&#039;&#039;&#039; page and refresh the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
## A new entry will appear in the activity log (Fig 6), showing that the activation request has been submitted with the note &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Activation request initiated&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Once the activation process has been completed successfully, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Current GST InvoiceNow Status&#039;&#039;&#039; will change to &#039;&#039;&#039;ACTIVATED&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the status is &#039;&#039;&#039;ACTIVATED&#039;&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate GST InvoiceNow&#039;&#039;&#039; button will no longer be displayed. Instead, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Deactivate GST InvoiceNow&#039;&#039;&#039; button will be available.&lt;br /&gt;
# To deactivate GST InvoiceNow Submission, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Deactivate GST InvoiceNow&#039;&#039;&#039; and follow the same authentication and KYC process described above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GSTInvNowActivation.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1. GST InvoiceNow Activation page showing the current status as &#039;&#039;&#039;DEACTIVATED&#039;&#039;&#039;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2-C5 Activate.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 2. The &#039;&#039;&#039;Complete GST InvoiceNow KYC&#039;&#039;&#039; button appears after the activation request has been submitted.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3-gst inv Now corppass.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 3. Corppass authentication page.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qr code gstinvnow.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 4. Authenticate by scanning the QR code using the Singpass Mobile App.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 5. Alternatively, authenticate by signing in with your Corppass credentials.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:260717-Fig6.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 6. Activity log showing the activation request and the updated GST InvoiceNow status.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the next topic: [[Extraction and Packaging of Invoice Data]]&lt;br /&gt;
```&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Activation_of_GST_InvoiceNow_Submission_for_GST-_Registered_Businesses&amp;diff=1494</id>
		<title>Activation of GST InvoiceNow Submission for GST- Registered Businesses</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Activation_of_GST_InvoiceNow_Submission_for_GST-_Registered_Businesses&amp;diff=1494"/>
		<updated>2026-07-17T08:35:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Activation of GST InvoiceNow Submission - Register Business */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Registering and Activating GST InvoiceNow Submission&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section explains how to register your business with Peppol and activate GST InvoiceNow Submission for GST reporting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Registering a Peppol Account ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you can activate GST InvoiceNow Submission, your business must have a valid Peppol ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify whether your business is already registered with Peppol using one of the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
## Visit the [https://www.highnix.com Highnix website] and navigate to the [https://www.peppoldirectory.sg/ Peppol ID Directory - SG Companies].&lt;br /&gt;
## Alternatively, access the Peppol directory directly at https://www.peppoldirectory.sg/.&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for your business name.&lt;br /&gt;
## If your business appears in the search results, your Peppol ID has already been registered. You may proceed to the activation section below.&lt;br /&gt;
## If your business does not appear, you will need to register for a Peppol ID.&lt;br /&gt;
# To register a Peppol ID:&lt;br /&gt;
## Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;[https://www.highnix.com/peppol-einvoice-id-registration/ InvoiceNow Registration Form]&#039;&#039;&#039; on the Highnix website.&lt;br /&gt;
## Complete the registration form. Fields marked with an asterisk (*) are mandatory.&lt;br /&gt;
## Complete the security verification and click the &#039;&#039;&#039;SEND&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
## Highnix will process your registration request and notify you once your Peppol ID has been created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activating or Deactivating GST InvoiceNow Submission ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# After your Peppol ID has been created, navigate to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Mgt → Peppol-Sales → GST InvoiceNow Activation&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# The page displays the &#039;&#039;&#039;Current GST InvoiceNow Status&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## &#039;&#039;&#039;DEACTIVATED&#039;&#039;&#039; – Your business has not yet been activated for GST InvoiceNow Submission.&lt;br /&gt;
## &#039;&#039;&#039;ACTIVATED&#039;&#039;&#039; – Your business is already activated for GST InvoiceNow Submission.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the current status is &#039;&#039;&#039;DEACTIVATED&#039;&#039;&#039; (Fig 1), click &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate GST InvoiceNow&#039;&#039;&#039; to begin the activation process.&lt;br /&gt;
# The system will submit the activation request and perform the necessary background processing. This usually takes only 1 to 2 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the request has been successfully submitted, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Complete GST InvoiceNow KYC&#039;&#039;&#039; button will be displayed (Fig 2).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Complete GST InvoiceNow KYC&#039;&#039;&#039;. You will be redirected to the GST InvoiceNow activation page, where the Corppass authentication screen will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
# KYC (Know Your Customer) is the identity verification process required before GST InvoiceNow Submission can be activated.&lt;br /&gt;
# The company&#039;s authorised personnel must complete the authentication using one of the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
## Scan the QR code using the Singpass Mobile App (Fig 3 and Fig 4), or&lt;br /&gt;
## Sign in using the Corppass login credentials (Fig 5).&lt;br /&gt;
# After the KYC process has been completed successfully, you may receive a confirmation email indicating that GST InvoiceNow Submission has been activated.&lt;br /&gt;
# Return to the &#039;&#039;&#039;GST InvoiceNow Activation&#039;&#039;&#039; page and refresh the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
## A new entry will appear in the activity log (Fig 6), showing that the activation request has been submitted with the note &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Activation request initiated&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Once the activation process has been completed successfully, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Current GST InvoiceNow Status&#039;&#039;&#039; will change to &#039;&#039;&#039;ACTIVATED&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the status is &#039;&#039;&#039;ACTIVATED&#039;&#039;&#039;, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate GST InvoiceNow&#039;&#039;&#039; button will no longer be displayed. Instead, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Deactivate GST InvoiceNow&#039;&#039;&#039; button will be available.&lt;br /&gt;
# To deactivate GST InvoiceNow Submission, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Deactivate GST InvoiceNow&#039;&#039;&#039; and follow the same authentication and KYC process described above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GSTInvNowActivation.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1. GST InvoiceNow Activation page showing the current status as &#039;&#039;&#039;DEACTIVATED&#039;&#039;&#039;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2-C5 Activate.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 2. The &#039;&#039;&#039;Complete GST InvoiceNow KYC&#039;&#039;&#039; button appears after the activation request has been submitted.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3-gst inv Now corppass.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 3. Corppass authentication page.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qr code gstinvnow.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 4. Authenticate by scanning the QR code using the Singpass Mobile App.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 5. Alternatively, authenticate by signing in with your Corppass credentials.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:260717-Fig6.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 6. Activity log showing the activation request and the updated GST InvoiceNow status.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the next topic: [[Extraction and Packaging of Invoice Data]]&lt;br /&gt;
```&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Activation_of_GST_InvoiceNow_Submission_for_GST-_Registered_Businesses&amp;diff=1493</id>
		<title>Activation of GST InvoiceNow Submission for GST- Registered Businesses</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Activation_of_GST_InvoiceNow_Submission_for_GST-_Registered_Businesses&amp;diff=1493"/>
		<updated>2026-07-17T08:31:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Activation of GST InvoiceNow Submission for GST */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Activation of GST InvoiceNow Submission - Register Business&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
This section provides users with essential steps to register and activate GST InvoiceNow Submission for GST.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Registration of Peppol Account ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify if your business is registered with Peppol using one of the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
## Visit [https://www.highnix.com Highnix&#039;s website] and navigate to the [https://www.peppoldirectory.sg/ Peppol ID Directory - SG Companies].&lt;br /&gt;
## Directly access the Peppol directory at https://www.peppoldirectory.sg/.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the keyword search to check for your entity&#039;s name. If it does not appear, your entity is not yet registered with Peppol. Follow the steps below to register:&lt;br /&gt;
## Go to the Highnix website and navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;[https://www.highnix.com/peppol-einvoice-id-registration/ Invoice Now Registration Form]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Complete the form. Most fields are mandatory.&lt;br /&gt;
## After completing the security verification, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;SEND&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
## Highnix will process your request and notify you once your Peppol account is ready.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activate and Deactivate of GST InvoiceNow Submission for GST ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Peppol ID is created, navigate to Sales Mgt, Peppol-Sales and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;GST InvoiceNow Activation&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the Current &#039;&#039;&#039;GST InvoiceNow Status&#039;&#039;&#039; shows &#039;&#039;&#039;DEACTIVATED&#039;&#039;&#039;, your entity has not yet been activated for GST InvoiceNow.  Conversely, if it shows &#039;&#039;&#039;ACTIVATED&#039;&#039;&#039;, your entity is GST InvoiceNow Activated.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the Current GST InvoiceNow Status: &#039;&#039;&#039;DEACIVATED, (Fig 1)&#039;&#039;&#039; user can Activate it by clicking on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate GST InvoiceNow&#039;&#039;&#039; button to activate the GST InvoiceNow.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the button is clicked, there will be some processes running at the background.  This process typically take about 1 to 2 seconds.  When it is completed, a button of &#039;&#039;&#039;Complete GST InvoiceNow KYC&#039;&#039;&#039; will appear.  KYC stands for Know Your Customer, a common terms used for authenticate.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Complete GST InvoiceNow KYC&#039;&#039;&#039; button, and user will be redirected to GST InvoiceNow Submission Activation page.  The Corppass authentication screen will appear.  Please have the company&#039;s authorized personnel to scan the QR code using Singpass App from the mobile phone or login using the login and password. (Fig 3, Fig 4 and Fig 5)&lt;br /&gt;
# After completing the process, you may receive a confirmation email indicating that your GST InvoiceNow submission has been successfully activated.&lt;br /&gt;
# At this point, if you refresh the page, you will see a new entry (as seen in Fig 6), indicating that the GST InvoiceNow status was changed from Deactivated to Activate, then a Note entry at the extreme right showing that &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Activation request initiated&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; was initiated. Then after user completed the KYC process, the &amp;quot;Current GST InvoiceNow Status&amp;quot; was changed to ACTIVATED.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the status is ACTIVATED, then the only button you will see is to &#039;&#039;&#039;Deactivate GST InvoiceNow.&#039;&#039;&#039;  User can click on this button, follow the steps of Activating GST InvoiceNow to complete the Deactivation process.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GSTInvNowActivation.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2-C5 Activate.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3-gst inv Now corppass.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qr code gstinvnow.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:260717-Fig6.png|none|thumb|800x800px|Fig 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to next topic: [[Extraction and Packaging of Invoice Data]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:260717-Fig6.png&amp;diff=1492</id>
		<title>File:260717-Fig6.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:260717-Fig6.png&amp;diff=1492"/>
		<updated>2026-07-17T08:24:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;260717-Fig6&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Fig5.png&amp;diff=1491</id>
		<title>File:Fig5.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Fig5.png&amp;diff=1491"/>
		<updated>2026-07-17T08:22:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Fig5&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Qr_code_gstinvnow.png&amp;diff=1490</id>
		<title>File:Qr code gstinvnow.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Qr_code_gstinvnow.png&amp;diff=1490"/>
		<updated>2026-07-17T08:19:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;qr_code_gstinvnow&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Fig3-gst_inv_Now_corppass.png&amp;diff=1489</id>
		<title>File:Fig3-gst inv Now corppass.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Fig3-gst_inv_Now_corppass.png&amp;diff=1489"/>
		<updated>2026-07-17T08:15:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Fig3-gst_inv_Now_corppass&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Fig2-C5_Activate.png&amp;diff=1488</id>
		<title>File:Fig2-C5 Activate.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Fig2-C5_Activate.png&amp;diff=1488"/>
		<updated>2026-07-17T08:06:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Fig2-C5_Activate&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:GSTInvNowActivation.png&amp;diff=1487</id>
		<title>File:GSTInvNowActivation.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:GSTInvNowActivation.png&amp;diff=1487"/>
		<updated>2026-07-17T08:04:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;GSTInvNowActivation&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Activation_of_GST_InvoiceNow_Submission_for_GST-_Registered_Businesses&amp;diff=1486</id>
		<title>Activation of GST InvoiceNow Submission for GST- Registered Businesses</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Activation_of_GST_InvoiceNow_Submission_for_GST-_Registered_Businesses&amp;diff=1486"/>
		<updated>2026-07-17T07:51:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Registration of Peppol Account */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&#039;&#039;&#039;Activation of GST InvoiceNow Submission - Register Business&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
This section provides users with essential steps to register and activate GST InvoiceNow Submission for GST.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Registration of Peppol Account ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify if your business is registered with Peppol using one of the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
## Visit [https://www.highnix.com Highnix&#039;s website] and navigate to the [https://www.peppoldirectory.sg/ Peppol ID Directory - SG Companies].&lt;br /&gt;
## Directly access the Peppol directory at https://www.peppoldirectory.sg/.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the keyword search to check for your entity&#039;s name. If it does not appear, your entity is not yet registered with Peppol. Follow the steps below to register:&lt;br /&gt;
## Go to the Highnix website and navigate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;[https://www.highnix.com/peppol-einvoice-id-registration/ Invoice Now Registration Form]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Complete the form. Most fields are mandatory.&lt;br /&gt;
## After completing the security verification, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;SEND&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
## Highnix will process your request and notify you once your Peppol account is ready.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activation of GST InvoiceNow Submission for GST ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Once your Peppol ID is created, go to [https://v4-api.platform.eu.banqup.com/v4/peppolsmp/public/participants?uen= this website] (for sandbox, use [https://v4-api.uat.platform.eu.banqup.com/v4/peppolsmp/public/participants this link])and enter your Peppol ID, e.g., &amp;quot;SGUEN201433338H&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the &#039;&#039;&#039;GST InvoiceNow Activation&#039;&#039;&#039; status shows as &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Inactivated&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;, your entity has not yet been activated for GST InvoiceNow.&lt;br /&gt;
# To activate it, click on the green button labeled &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Activate C5&amp;lt;&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will be redirected to the &#039;&#039;&#039;IRAS Invoice Data Submission Activation&#039;&#039;&#039; page. Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Corppass&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will be directed to a &#039;&#039;&#039;KYC (Know Your Customer)&#039;&#039;&#039; page and prompted to authenticate using &#039;&#039;&#039;Singpass&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# After completing the process, you will receive a confirmation email indicating that your GST InvoiceNow submission has been successfully activated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:C5 activation 1.png|center|thumb|700x700px]]Go to next topic: [[Extraction and Packaging of Invoice Data]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Deposits&amp;diff=1485</id>
		<title>Handle Deposits</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Deposits&amp;diff=1485"/>
		<updated>2026-07-15T07:59:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Receiving the Security Deposit */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to Handle a Customer&#039;s Security Deposit ==&lt;br /&gt;
A refundable security deposit received from a customer should &#039;&#039;&#039;not be recorded as income&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because the money may need to be returned to the customer at the end of the leasing period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create a Liability Account ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the Chart of Accounts, create an account such as:&lt;br /&gt;
# Customer Security Deposits&lt;br /&gt;
# The account should be classified as a &#039;&#039;&#039;Liability Account&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Receiving the Security Deposit ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When the customer pays the security deposit, record the amount against the Customer Security Deposits liability account.&lt;br /&gt;
# To do that, navigate to Finance Mgt, Process General Receipt, At the From pull-down menu. select Customer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then, enter the customer name and Branch name.  Fill in the table and select a suitable GL account. Please check with the accountant which account should be used. Or, create a GL Code for &amp;quot;Customer Security Deposit&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# The accounting entry will generally be:&lt;br /&gt;
## Debit: Bank&lt;br /&gt;
## Credit: Customer Security Deposits&lt;br /&gt;
## The deposit is therefore shown as an amount owed back to the customer and is not included as sales income.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Returning the Security Deposit ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When the leasing agreemt ends and the deposit is refunded:&lt;br /&gt;
## Debit: Customer Security Deposits&lt;br /&gt;
## Credit: Bank&lt;br /&gt;
## This clears the security depenosit liability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== If Part of the Deposit Is Forfeited or Used ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If part of the security deposit is used to settle unpaid rental, damage charges or other agreed charges, the relevant amount should first be applied to the appropriate invoice or income account.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any remaining refundable balance should be returned to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Refundable security deposit → Liability&lt;br /&gt;
# Not Rental Income&lt;br /&gt;
# Not Sales Income&lt;br /&gt;
# Not Cost of Goods Sold&lt;br /&gt;
# Refunded at end of lease, subject to the leasing agreement&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Deposits&amp;diff=1484</id>
		<title>Handle Deposits</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Deposits&amp;diff=1484"/>
		<updated>2026-07-15T07:56:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* How to Handle a Customer&amp;#039;s Security Deposit */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to Handle a Customer&#039;s Security Deposit ==&lt;br /&gt;
A refundable security deposit received from a customer should &#039;&#039;&#039;not be recorded as income&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because the money may need to be returned to the customer at the end of the leasing period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create a Liability Account ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the Chart of Accounts, create an account such as:&lt;br /&gt;
# Customer Security Deposits&lt;br /&gt;
# The account should be classified as a &#039;&#039;&#039;Liability Account&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Receiving the Security Deposit ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When the customer pays the security deposit, record the amount against the Customer Security Deposits liability account.&lt;br /&gt;
# The accounting entry will generally be:&lt;br /&gt;
## Debit: Bank&lt;br /&gt;
## Credit: Customer Security Deposits&lt;br /&gt;
## The deposit is therefore shown as an amount owed back to the customer and is not included as sales income.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Returning the Security Deposit ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# When the leasing agreemt ends and the deposit is refunded:&lt;br /&gt;
## Debit: Customer Security Deposits&lt;br /&gt;
## Credit: Bank&lt;br /&gt;
## This clears the security depenosit liability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== If Part of the Deposit Is Forfeited or Used ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If part of the security deposit is used to settle unpaid rental, damage charges or other agreed charges, the relevant amount should first be applied to the appropriate invoice or income account.&lt;br /&gt;
# Any remaining refundable balance should be returned to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Refundable security deposit → Liability&lt;br /&gt;
# Not Rental Income&lt;br /&gt;
# Not Sales Income&lt;br /&gt;
# Not Cost of Goods Sold&lt;br /&gt;
# Refunded at end of lease, subject to the leasing agreement&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Deposits&amp;diff=1483</id>
		<title>Handle Deposits</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Deposits&amp;diff=1483"/>
		<updated>2026-07-15T07:55:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* How to Handle a Customer&amp;#039;s Security Deposit */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to Handle a Customer&#039;s Security Deposit ==&lt;br /&gt;
A refundable security deposit received from a customer should &#039;&#039;&#039;not be recorded as income&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because the money may need to be returned to the customer at the end of the leasing period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create a Liability Account ===&lt;br /&gt;
In the Chart of Accounts, create an account such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer Security Deposits&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The account should be classified as a &#039;&#039;&#039;Liability Account&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Receiving the Security Deposit ===&lt;br /&gt;
When the customer pays the security deposit, record the amount against the Customer Security Deposits liability account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The accounting entry will generally be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debit: Bank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Credit: Customer Security Deposits&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The deposit is therefore shown as an amount owed back to the customer and is not included as sales income.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Returning the Security Deposit ===&lt;br /&gt;
When the leasing agreement ends and the deposit is refunded:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debit: Customer Security Deposits&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Credit: Bank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This clears the security deposit liability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== If Part of the Deposit Is Forfeited or Used ===&lt;br /&gt;
If part of the security deposit is used to settle unpaid rental, damage charges or other agreed charges, the relevant amount should first be applied to the appropriate invoice or income account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any remaining refundable balance should be returned to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
Refundable security deposit → Liability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not Rental Income&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not Sales Income&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not Cost of Goods Sold&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refunded at end of lease, subject to the leasing agreement&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Deposits&amp;diff=1482</id>
		<title>Handle Deposits</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Deposits&amp;diff=1482"/>
		<updated>2026-07-15T07:55:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to Handle a Customer&#039;s Security Deposit ==&lt;br /&gt;
A refundable security deposit received from a customer should &#039;&#039;&#039;not be recorded as income&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because the money may need to be returned to the customer at the end of the leasing period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Create a Liability Account ===&lt;br /&gt;
In the Chart of Accounts, create an account such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customer Security Deposits&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The account should be classified as a &#039;&#039;&#039;Liability Account&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Receiving the Security Deposit ===&lt;br /&gt;
When the customer pays the security deposit, record the amount against the Customer Security Deposits liability account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The accounting entry will generally be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debit: Bank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Credit: Customer Security Deposits&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The deposit is therefore shown as an amount owed back to the customer and is not included as sales income.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Returning the Security Deposit ===&lt;br /&gt;
When the leasing agreement ends and the deposit is refunded:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debit: Customer Security Deposits&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Credit: Bank&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This clears the security deposit liability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 4. If Part of the Deposit Is Forfeited or Used ===&lt;br /&gt;
If part of the security deposit is used to settle unpaid rental, damage charges or other agreed charges, the relevant amount should first be applied to the appropriate invoice or income account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any remaining refundable balance should be returned to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
Refundable security deposit → Liability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not Rental Income&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not Sales Income&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not Cost of Goods Sold&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refunded at end of lease, subject to the leasing agreement&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Deposits&amp;diff=1481</id>
		<title>Handle Deposits</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Deposits&amp;diff=1481"/>
		<updated>2026-07-15T07:54:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: Created page with &amp;quot;__FORCETOC__&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Home_(Click_on_Highnix_Logo)&amp;diff=1480</id>
		<title>Home (Click on Highnix Logo)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Home_(Click_on_Highnix_Logo)&amp;diff=1480"/>
		<updated>2026-07-15T07:54:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Online Manual Table of Content: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Welcome to Highnix Online Support And Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Support: ===&lt;br /&gt;
:We will get back to you within 3 working days or earlier.&lt;br /&gt;
:* WhatsApp:  +65-8460 2283 (&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://wa.me/6584602283&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Voice:  +65-8912 8747 / +65-6214 1157&lt;br /&gt;
:* [https://www.highnix.com/contact-us/ Online Contact form:  https://www.highnix.com/contact-us/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Online Manual Table of Content: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;At any page, click the Highnix logo or Home on the left to go back to the Home Page.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Subject Category:&#039;&#039;&#039; This is organized according to the function tabs menu. It includes useful information and tips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable mw-collapsible&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Subject&lt;br /&gt;
!Subject Category&lt;br /&gt;
!Topics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[About this Help]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How to use help|How to Use Help?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[General]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Read Me First|&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot; &amp;quot;font:bold&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Read Me First (Must Read)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Why Highnix ERP|Why Highnix ERP?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Read Me First#do and do not|DO and DON&#039;T]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[General#General Form|Form]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Implementation&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[System Implementation and Deployment Preparation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Data Migration and Initial Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Training]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Application Programming Interface (API) (Coming)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Inventory and Product Mgt]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Handling the Landing Cost of Products Purchased]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Batch/Expiry Date Selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Report: Stock Check Sheets]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Transactions:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Inventory Location Transfers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Maintenance:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add and Edit Items]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Kitting]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Pricing:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Selling Price|Selling Price (Price Book)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Buying Price]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Standard Cost]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Generic Sales Flow]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Useful Tips - Sales]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Transactions:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Quotation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Order]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Delivery]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Invoice]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Late Payment Interest|Late Payment Interest Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|Purchase Management&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Purchase Credit Note]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Finance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Finance Management|About Finance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Foreign Currency Revaulation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Differences of Various Payment Types]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Journal Inquiry]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Transactions:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[General Receipt]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receive Customer Payment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Allocate Customer Payment or Credit Note]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Finance Management#Fixed Asset Management|Fixed Asset Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add and Edit Currencies|Add and Edit Currency]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Update Exchange Rates Table|Update Exchange Rates]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Maintenance:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add and Edit Bank Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|InvoiceNow&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;General&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[InvoiceNow Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Activation of GST InvoiceNow Submission for GST- Registered Businesses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Extraction and Packaging of Invoice Data]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Sending Invoices&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Invoice Data Submission through APs]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Reporting &amp;amp; Reconciliation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Adding Customer&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add or Edit A Customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sending InvoiceNow To Customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receiving InvoiceNow from Suppliers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|InvoiceNow-Advance Ordering&lt;br /&gt;
|[[InvoiceNow - Advance Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receiving of Customer Purchase Orders|Receiving and Processing of Customer Purchase Orders (or Sales Orders)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Process the Sales Order|Process the Sales Order (Accept, Reject, Accept with or without Changes)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sending of Customer Purchase Order Status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Important Things to Take Note When Sending Invoices to Government]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Send Invoices to Government|Sending Invoices to Government]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receiving Invoice Response from Customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|Dimension Management&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Extension Module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|Setup&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[System Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|System/GL Defaults&lt;br /&gt;
|[[System Setup#Default Account Codes and System General GL Setup|System and General GL]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Forms and Docs Reference Number&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|GST&lt;br /&gt;
|[[GST|GST Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add GST Tax Type]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales of Vouchers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|###&lt;br /&gt;
|##################&lt;br /&gt;
|##############&lt;br /&gt;
|###################################&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|API&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[HR Processes with QuickHR|HRMS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[QuickHR Integration Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|FAQ / How To?&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Sales&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How to create water mark]]?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Contra of Accounts (A customer is also a supplier)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Handle Leasing of Products or Equipment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Handle Deposits]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Termination&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cessation Of Services]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Finance&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Write-Off of Uncollectible Receivables or Bad Debts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Error Codes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Error codes explain dolution|Error Codes Explanation and Solution]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Home_(Click_on_Highnix_Logo)&amp;diff=1479</id>
		<title>Home (Click on Highnix Logo)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Home_(Click_on_Highnix_Logo)&amp;diff=1479"/>
		<updated>2026-07-15T07:51:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Online Manual Table of Content: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Welcome to Highnix Online Support And Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Support: ===&lt;br /&gt;
:We will get back to you within 3 working days or earlier.&lt;br /&gt;
:* WhatsApp:  +65-8460 2283 (&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://wa.me/6584602283&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Voice:  +65-8912 8747 / +65-6214 1157&lt;br /&gt;
:* [https://www.highnix.com/contact-us/ Online Contact form:  https://www.highnix.com/contact-us/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Online Manual Table of Content: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;At any page, click the Highnix logo or Home on the left to go back to the Home Page.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Subject Category:&#039;&#039;&#039; This is organized according to the function tabs menu. It includes useful information and tips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable mw-collapsible&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Subject&lt;br /&gt;
!Subject Category&lt;br /&gt;
!Topics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[About this Help]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How to use help|How to Use Help?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[General]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Read Me First|&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot; &amp;quot;font:bold&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Read Me First (Must Read)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Why Highnix ERP|Why Highnix ERP?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Read Me First#do and do not|DO and DON&#039;T]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[General#General Form|Form]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Implementation&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[System Implementation and Deployment Preparation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Data Migration and Initial Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Training]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Application Programming Interface (API) (Coming)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Inventory and Product Mgt]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Handling the Landing Cost of Products Purchased]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Batch/Expiry Date Selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Report: Stock Check Sheets]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Transactions:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Inventory Location Transfers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Maintenance:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add and Edit Items]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Kitting]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Pricing:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Selling Price|Selling Price (Price Book)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Buying Price]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Standard Cost]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Generic Sales Flow]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Useful Tips - Sales]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Transactions:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Quotation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Order]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Delivery]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Invoice]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Late Payment Interest|Late Payment Interest Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|Purchase Management&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Purchase Credit Note]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Finance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Finance Management|About Finance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Foreign Currency Revaulation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Differences of Various Payment Types]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Journal Inquiry]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Transactions:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[General Receipt]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receive Customer Payment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Allocate Customer Payment or Credit Note]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Finance Management#Fixed Asset Management|Fixed Asset Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add and Edit Currencies|Add and Edit Currency]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Update Exchange Rates Table|Update Exchange Rates]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Maintenance:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add and Edit Bank Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|InvoiceNow&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;General&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[InvoiceNow Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Activation of GST InvoiceNow Submission for GST- Registered Businesses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Extraction and Packaging of Invoice Data]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Sending Invoices&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Invoice Data Submission through APs]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Reporting &amp;amp; Reconciliation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Adding Customer&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add or Edit A Customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sending InvoiceNow To Customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receiving InvoiceNow from Suppliers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|InvoiceNow-Advance Ordering&lt;br /&gt;
|[[InvoiceNow - Advance Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receiving of Customer Purchase Orders|Receiving and Processing of Customer Purchase Orders (or Sales Orders)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Process the Sales Order|Process the Sales Order (Accept, Reject, Accept with or without Changes)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sending of Customer Purchase Order Status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Important Things to Take Note When Sending Invoices to Government]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Send Invoices to Government|Sending Invoices to Government]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receiving Invoice Response from Customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|Dimension Management&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Extension Module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|Setup&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[System Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|System/GL Defaults&lt;br /&gt;
|[[System Setup#Default Account Codes and System General GL Setup|System and General GL]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Forms and Docs Reference Number&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|GST&lt;br /&gt;
|[[GST|GST Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add GST Tax Type]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales of Vouchers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|###&lt;br /&gt;
|##################&lt;br /&gt;
|##############&lt;br /&gt;
|###################################&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|API&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[HR Processes with QuickHR|HRMS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[QuickHR Integration Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|FAQ / How To?&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Sales&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How to create water mark]]?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Contra of Accounts (A customer is also a supplier)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Handle Leasing of Products or Equipment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Handle Deposits&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Termination&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cessation Of Services]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Finance&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Write-Off of Uncollectible Receivables or Bad Debts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Error Codes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Error codes explain dolution|Error Codes Explanation and Solution]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Leasing_of_Products_or_Equipment&amp;diff=1478</id>
		<title>Handle Leasing of Products or Equipment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Leasing_of_Products_or_Equipment&amp;diff=1478"/>
		<updated>2026-07-15T06:09:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Issue a Sales Invoice for the Monthly Rental */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to Handle Leasing of Products or Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
When your company leases equipment to a customer and charges a monthly rental fee, the rental collected is generally treated as &#039;&#039;&#039;Rental or Leasing Income&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create a Service Item for Monthly Rental ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the Inventory/Items setup, create a new item as a &#039;&#039;&#039;Service Item&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Example:&lt;br /&gt;
# Item Code: EQUIP-RENTAL&lt;br /&gt;
# Description: Equipment Monthly Rental&lt;br /&gt;
# Item Type: Service&lt;br /&gt;
# The Sales Account should be linked to an income account such as:&lt;br /&gt;
## Equipment Rental Income&lt;br /&gt;
## Leasing Income&lt;br /&gt;
## Rental Income&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the monthly rental income is recorded as another source of business income and is &#039;&#039;&#039;not normally grouped under Cost of Goods Sold (COGS)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Issue a Sales Invoice for the Monthly Rental ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Each month, issue a Sales Invoice to the customer using the Equipment Monthly Rental service item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Example:&lt;br /&gt;
::Equipment Monthly Rental – July 2026 $1,000.00&lt;br /&gt;
::The accounting entry will generally be:&lt;br /&gt;
::Debit: Accounts Receivable&lt;br /&gt;
::Credit: Equipment Rental Income&lt;br /&gt;
::GST should be applied where applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Treatment of the Equipment ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If the equipment continues to belong to your company and is only leased to the customer, the equipment is still an asset of your company.&lt;br /&gt;
# It should not be treated as a normal sale of inventory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Where applicable, the equipment may be classified as rental equipment or a fixed asset and depreciation should be recorded according to your company&#039;s accounting policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Monthly leasing fee → Service Item&lt;br /&gt;
# Sales Account → Rental/Leasing Income&lt;br /&gt;
# Equipment → Remains company&#039;s asset&lt;br /&gt;
# Monthly rental → Not a sale of inventory&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Leasing_of_Products_or_Equipment&amp;diff=1477</id>
		<title>Handle Leasing of Products or Equipment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Leasing_of_Products_or_Equipment&amp;diff=1477"/>
		<updated>2026-07-15T06:08:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Issue a Sales Invoice for the Monthly Rental */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to Handle Leasing of Products or Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
When your company leases equipment to a customer and charges a monthly rental fee, the rental collected is generally treated as &#039;&#039;&#039;Rental or Leasing Income&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create a Service Item for Monthly Rental ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the Inventory/Items setup, create a new item as a &#039;&#039;&#039;Service Item&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Example:&lt;br /&gt;
# Item Code: EQUIP-RENTAL&lt;br /&gt;
# Description: Equipment Monthly Rental&lt;br /&gt;
# Item Type: Service&lt;br /&gt;
# The Sales Account should be linked to an income account such as:&lt;br /&gt;
## Equipment Rental Income&lt;br /&gt;
## Leasing Income&lt;br /&gt;
## Rental Income&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the monthly rental income is recorded as another source of business income and is &#039;&#039;&#039;not normally grouped under Cost of Goods Sold (COGS)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Issue a Sales Invoice for the Monthly Rental ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Each month, issue a Sales Invoice to the customer using the Equipment Monthly Rental service item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Example:&lt;br /&gt;
:Equipment Monthly Rental – July 2026 $1,000.00&lt;br /&gt;
:The accounting entry will generally be:&lt;br /&gt;
:Debit: Accounts Receivable&lt;br /&gt;
:Credit: Equipment Rental Income&lt;br /&gt;
:GST should be applied where applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Treatment of the Equipment ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If the equipment continues to belong to your company and is only leased to the customer, the equipment is still an asset of your company.&lt;br /&gt;
# It should not be treated as a normal sale of inventory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Where applicable, the equipment may be classified as rental equipment or a fixed asset and depreciation should be recorded according to your company&#039;s accounting policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Monthly leasing fee → Service Item&lt;br /&gt;
# Sales Account → Rental/Leasing Income&lt;br /&gt;
# Equipment → Remains company&#039;s asset&lt;br /&gt;
# Monthly rental → Not a sale of inventory&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Leasing_of_Products_or_Equipment&amp;diff=1476</id>
		<title>Handle Leasing of Products or Equipment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Leasing_of_Products_or_Equipment&amp;diff=1476"/>
		<updated>2026-07-15T06:08:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* How to Handle Leasing of Products or Equipment */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to Handle Leasing of Products or Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
When your company leases equipment to a customer and charges a monthly rental fee, the rental collected is generally treated as &#039;&#039;&#039;Rental or Leasing Income&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create a Service Item for Monthly Rental ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the Inventory/Items setup, create a new item as a &#039;&#039;&#039;Service Item&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Example:&lt;br /&gt;
# Item Code: EQUIP-RENTAL&lt;br /&gt;
# Description: Equipment Monthly Rental&lt;br /&gt;
# Item Type: Service&lt;br /&gt;
# The Sales Account should be linked to an income account such as:&lt;br /&gt;
## Equipment Rental Income&lt;br /&gt;
## Leasing Income&lt;br /&gt;
## Rental Income&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the monthly rental income is recorded as another source of business income and is &#039;&#039;&#039;not normally grouped under Cost of Goods Sold (COGS)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Issue a Sales Invoice for the Monthly Rental ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Each month, issue a Sales Invoice to the customer using the Equipment Monthly Rental service item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Equipment Monthly Rental – July 2026 $1,000.00&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The accounting entry will generally be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debit: Accounts Receivable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Credit: Equipment Rental Income&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GST should be applied where applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Treatment of the Equipment ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If the equipment continues to belong to your company and is only leased to the customer, the equipment is still an asset of your company.&lt;br /&gt;
# It should not be treated as a normal sale of inventory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Where applicable, the equipment may be classified as rental equipment or a fixed asset and depreciation should be recorded according to your company&#039;s accounting policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Monthly leasing fee → Service Item&lt;br /&gt;
# Sales Account → Rental/Leasing Income&lt;br /&gt;
# Equipment → Remains company&#039;s asset&lt;br /&gt;
# Monthly rental → Not a sale of inventory&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Leasing_of_Products_or_Equipment&amp;diff=1475</id>
		<title>Handle Leasing of Products or Equipment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Leasing_of_Products_or_Equipment&amp;diff=1475"/>
		<updated>2026-07-15T06:05:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to Handle Leasing of Products or Equipment ==&lt;br /&gt;
When your company leases equipment to a customer and charges a monthly rental fee, the rental collected is generally treated as &#039;&#039;&#039;Rental or Leasing Income&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Create a Service Item for Monthly Rental ===&lt;br /&gt;
In the Inventory/Items setup, create a new item as a &#039;&#039;&#039;Service Item&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Item Code: EQUIP-RENTAL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Equipment Monthly Rental&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Item Type: Service&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sales Account should be linked to an income account such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Equipment Rental Income&lt;br /&gt;
* Leasing Income&lt;br /&gt;
* Rental Income&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the monthly rental income is recorded as another source of business income and is &#039;&#039;&#039;not normally grouped under Cost of Goods Sold (COGS)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Issue a Sales Invoice for the Monthly Rental ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each month, issue a Sales Invoice to the customer using the Equipment Monthly Rental service item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Equipment Monthly Rental – July 2026 $1,000.00&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The accounting entry will generally be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debit: Accounts Receivable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Credit: Equipment Rental Income&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GST should be applied where applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Treatment of the Equipment ===&lt;br /&gt;
If the equipment continues to belong to your company and is only leased to the customer, the equipment is still an asset of your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should not be treated as a normal sale of inventory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where applicable, the equipment may be classified as rental equipment or a fixed asset and depreciation should be recorded according to your company&#039;s accounting policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
Monthly leasing fee → Service Item&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sales Account → Rental/Leasing Income&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Equipment → Remains company&#039;s asset&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Monthly rental → Not a sale of inventory&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Leasing_of_Products_or_Equipment&amp;diff=1474</id>
		<title>Handle Leasing of Products or Equipment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Handle_Leasing_of_Products_or_Equipment&amp;diff=1474"/>
		<updated>2026-07-15T06:03:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: Created page with &amp;quot;__FORCETOC__&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Home_(Click_on_Highnix_Logo)&amp;diff=1473</id>
		<title>Home (Click on Highnix Logo)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Home_(Click_on_Highnix_Logo)&amp;diff=1473"/>
		<updated>2026-07-15T06:03:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Welcome to Highnix Online Support And Documentation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Welcome to Highnix Online Support And Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contact Support: ===&lt;br /&gt;
:We will get back to you within 3 working days or earlier.&lt;br /&gt;
:* WhatsApp:  +65-8460 2283 (&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://wa.me/6584602283&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
:* Voice:  +65-8912 8747 / +65-6214 1157&lt;br /&gt;
:* [https://www.highnix.com/contact-us/ Online Contact form:  https://www.highnix.com/contact-us/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Online Manual Table of Content: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;At any page, click the Highnix logo or Home on the left to go back to the Home Page.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Subject Category:&#039;&#039;&#039; This is organized according to the function tabs menu. It includes useful information and tips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable mw-collapsible&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Subject&lt;br /&gt;
!Subject Category&lt;br /&gt;
!Topics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[About this Help]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How to use help|How to Use Help?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[General]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Read Me First|&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot; &amp;quot;font:bold&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Read Me First (Must Read)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Why Highnix ERP|Why Highnix ERP?]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Read Me First#do and do not|DO and DON&#039;T]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[General#General Form|Form]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Implementation&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[System Implementation and Deployment Preparation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Data Migration and Initial Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Training]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Application Programming Interface (API) (Coming)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Inventory and Product Mgt]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Handling the Landing Cost of Products Purchased]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Batch/Expiry Date Selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Report: Stock Check Sheets]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Transactions:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Inventory Location Transfers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Maintenance:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add and Edit Items]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Kitting]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Pricing:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Selling Price|Selling Price (Price Book)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Buying Price]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Standard Cost]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Generic Sales Flow]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Useful Tips - Sales]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Transactions:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Quotation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Order]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Delivery]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales Invoice]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Late Payment Interest|Late Payment Interest Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|Purchase Management&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Purchase Credit Note]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Finance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;info:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Finance Management|About Finance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Foreign Currency Revaulation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Differences of Various Payment Types]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Journal Inquiry]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Transactions:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[General Receipt]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receive Customer Payment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Allocate Customer Payment or Credit Note]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Finance Management#Fixed Asset Management|Fixed Asset Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add and Edit Currencies|Add and Edit Currency]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Update Exchange Rates Table|Update Exchange Rates]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Maintenance:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add and Edit Bank Accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|InvoiceNow&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;General&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[InvoiceNow Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Activation of GST InvoiceNow Submission for GST- Registered Businesses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Extraction and Packaging of Invoice Data]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Sending Invoices&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Invoice Data Submission through APs]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Reporting &amp;amp; Reconciliation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Adding Customer&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add or Edit A Customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sending InvoiceNow To Customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receiving InvoiceNow from Suppliers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|InvoiceNow-Advance Ordering&lt;br /&gt;
|[[InvoiceNow - Advance Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receiving of Customer Purchase Orders|Receiving and Processing of Customer Purchase Orders (or Sales Orders)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Process the Sales Order|Process the Sales Order (Accept, Reject, Accept with or without Changes)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sending of Customer Purchase Order Status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Important Things to Take Note When Sending Invoices to Government]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Send Invoices to Government|Sending Invoices to Government]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Receiving Invoice Response from Customer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|Dimension Management&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Extension Module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|Setup&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[System Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|System/GL Defaults&lt;br /&gt;
|[[System Setup#Default Account Codes and System General GL Setup|System and General GL]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Forms and Docs Reference Number&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|GST&lt;br /&gt;
|[[GST|GST Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Add GST Tax Type]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sales of Vouchers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|###&lt;br /&gt;
|##################&lt;br /&gt;
|##############&lt;br /&gt;
|###################################&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|API&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[HR Processes with QuickHR|HRMS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[QuickHR Integration Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|FAQ / How To?&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Sales&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How to create water mark]]?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Contra of Accounts (A customer is also a supplier)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Handle Leasing of Products or Equipment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Termination&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cessation Of Services]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Finance&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Write-Off of Uncollectible Receivables or Bad Debts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|■&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Error Codes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Error codes explain dolution|Error Codes Explanation and Solution]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Sales_Delivery&amp;diff=1472</id>
		<title>Sales Delivery</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Sales_Delivery&amp;diff=1472"/>
		<updated>2026-07-07T08:47:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Digital Signing of Delivery Note */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Sales Delivery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Delivery: Direct or Flip from Sales Order&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Purpose of Sales Delivery ====&lt;br /&gt;
Sales Delivery in Highnix ERP serves a crucial role in ensuring a seamless and efficient process for delivering products to customers. It is a pivotal component in the sales cycle, allowing businesses to fulfill customer orders while maintaining accurate records of product deliveries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Types of Sales Delivery: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Direct Delivery:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Involves delivering products directly to the customer without being associated with a specific sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Useful for cases where a customer places an immediate request, and the order is not linked to a previously generated sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
# Delivery Against Sales Order (Flipped Delivery):&lt;br /&gt;
#* The process of delivering products based on an existing sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ensures that delivered items are associated with a pre-approved sales order, providing a structured approach to order fulfillment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Before initiating a Sales Delivery, consider the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Items and Inventory:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ensure that at least one product item is entered into the &amp;quot;Items and Inventory&amp;quot; database for accurate tracking and management of delivered products.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add and Manage Customers:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Have at least one customer record created under &amp;quot;Add and Edit Customer Records&amp;quot; to associate the delivery with a specific customer, maintaining a comprehensive customer database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to Generate Sales Delivery: ====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow these steps to generate Sales Delivery in Highnix ERP:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate to Sales Management:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access the Sales Management module in Highnix ERP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select Transaction Type:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Under Transactions, choose either &amp;quot;Direct Delivery&amp;quot; for immediate deliveries or &amp;quot;Delivery Against Sales Order&amp;quot; for deliveries associated with a sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in Required Details:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Enter customer information, product items, and any relevant delivery notes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify and Confirm:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Verify all details and confirm the Sales Delivery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;Digital Signing of Delivery Note&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Digital Signing of Delivery Note&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Digital Signing of Delivery Note|Tag: Digital Signing of Delivery Note]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highnix ERP provides a convenient Digital Signing feature that enables delivery personnel to obtain customers&#039; signatures electronically using a smartphone or tablet. The delivery personnel simply present the Delivery Note on a mobile device for the customer to review and digitally sign. This eliminates the need for paper documents while providing immediate proof of delivery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two methods available for digitally signing a Delivery Note.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Method 1: Built-in Digital Signature Pad (Available in Plus and Enterprise Editions) (Recommended)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the recommended method as it automatically records the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IP address, GPS geolocation and timestamp&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; together with the customer&#039;s signature. These records provide additional evidence of the customer&#039;s acceptance of the delivered goods or services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The recorded GPS coordinates can also be copied and pasted into Google Maps to display the exact signing location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Using the Built-in Digital Signature Pad&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Preparation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** The Office Administrator should create or activate a delivery personnel login account. By default, Highnix ERP provides a shared login account named &#039;&#039;&#039;delivery&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is a restricted account that only allows access to the Digital Signature Pad and the function for emailing signed Delivery Notes to customers. The account may be shared among multiple delivery personnel, provided that only one active login session is used at any one time.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Navigate to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Mgt → Inquiry → Customer Transaction Inquiry&#039;&#039;&#039; and select the Delivery Notes to be delivered for the day. (Fig 1A and Fig 1B)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Highlight the selected Delivery Notes, then copy and paste the information into a spreadsheet. (Fig 1C)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Remove any unnecessary columns, leaving only the relevant information together with the Signature and Email icons.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Save the spreadsheet and send it to the delivery personnel via WhatsApp or any other messaging application. The delivery personnel can then open the spreadsheet on a mobile device to access the delivery details.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Tap the Signature icon to open the Digital Signature Pad on the mobile device. The customer&#039;s representative can sign directly on the screen and tap &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039; when completed. If necessary, the signature can be cleared and signed again before confirmation. (Fig 1D)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Once the signature has been confirmed, it is immediately saved to the server. The Office Administrator can view the signed Delivery Note in real time.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Either the Office Administrator or the delivery personnel may click the Email icon to send a copy of the signed Delivery Note directly to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
*** A sample of a signed Delivery Note is shown in Fig 1E.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** The Delivery Note should be presented on a smartphone or tablet in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Location Services (GPS) must be enabled on the mobile device, and the web browser must be granted permission to access the device&#039;s location. If either requirement is not met, the signing process will fail because GPS location is an essential part of the digital signature. (Fig 2A shows how to allow the browser to access your location. Fig 2B shows an example when Location Services or browser permission has not been enabled.)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Sign this Document&#039;&#039;&#039; icon to display the Digital Signature Pad. Once a Delivery Note has been signed, it is automatically locked to prevent duplicate signatures. If the document needs to be signed again, the original Delivery Note must first be voided and a new one generated.&lt;br /&gt;
*** The customer may sign using a finger or stylus on the touch screen. Before tapping &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;, the customer may clear or undo the signature if necessary. Once confirmed, the signature cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
*** The signed Delivery Note can be emailed directly to the customer by clicking the Email icon beside the Signature icon in the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
*** &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the mobile device is connected using Wi-Fi, the reported location may not accurately represent the actual signing location because Wi-Fi positioning depends on the Internet Service Provider&#039;s access point, which may be several kilometres away. For the most accurate GPS location, it is recommended to use the mobile data network instead of Wi-Fi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This feature provides a fast, efficient and secure method of digitally signing Delivery Notes while maintaining complete electronic records for future reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Delivery.png|center|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1A]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Selected Delivery.png|center|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1B]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Paste to spreadsheet.png|center|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Signature pad.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Fig 1D]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Del note sample.png|center|thumb|713x713px|Fig 1E]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Signature-allow location.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Fig 2A]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Location not enable.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Fig 2B]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Method 2: Using Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method allows customers to sign the Delivery Note using the Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign application on a smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Presenting the Delivery Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Generate the Delivery Note from Highnix ERP in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
** Present the PDF on a smartphone or tablet for the customer to review.&lt;br /&gt;
** Ensure that Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign is installed on the mobile device. The application can be downloaded from the appropriate app store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Customer Signature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** The customer can use Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign to digitally sign the Delivery Note.&lt;br /&gt;
** The application provides a simple and user-friendly interface for adding handwritten signatures to PDF documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Emailing the Signed Delivery Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** After the customer has signed the Delivery Note, the delivery personnel can use Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign to email the signed PDF directly from the mobile device.&lt;br /&gt;
** This eliminates the need for physical paperwork and ensures that the signed document is delivered promptly to the office or customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Video Tutorial&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a step-by-step demonstration of the Digital Signing feature, watch the video tutorial available at:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.youtube.com/embed/qW-mLfvgPvg &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Click Here&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tutorial demonstrates the complete signing process and serves as a useful guide for both office staff and delivery personnel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Benefits of Digital Signing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paperless Workflow&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** Eliminates printed Delivery Notes, reducing paper consumption and manual document handling.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Improved Efficiency&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** Speeds up the delivery process by allowing signed Delivery Notes to be returned to the office immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Enhanced Accountability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** Digital signatures help provide evidence of customer acceptance and maintain a complete electronic audit trail.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Real-Time Availability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** Signed Delivery Notes can be viewed immediately by office staff and emailed directly to customers.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Better Customer Service&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** Customers receive their signed Delivery Notes promptly, improving communication and overall service quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether using the built-in Digital Signature Pad or Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign, Highnix ERP provides a fast, efficient and paperless solution for capturing customer signatures and maintaining secure electronic delivery records.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Sales_Delivery&amp;diff=1471</id>
		<title>Sales Delivery</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Sales_Delivery&amp;diff=1471"/>
		<updated>2026-07-07T08:46:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Digital Signing of Delivery Note */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Sales Delivery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Delivery: Direct or Flip from Sales Order&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Purpose of Sales Delivery ====&lt;br /&gt;
Sales Delivery in Highnix ERP serves a crucial role in ensuring a seamless and efficient process for delivering products to customers. It is a pivotal component in the sales cycle, allowing businesses to fulfill customer orders while maintaining accurate records of product deliveries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Types of Sales Delivery: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Direct Delivery:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Involves delivering products directly to the customer without being associated with a specific sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Useful for cases where a customer places an immediate request, and the order is not linked to a previously generated sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
# Delivery Against Sales Order (Flipped Delivery):&lt;br /&gt;
#* The process of delivering products based on an existing sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ensures that delivered items are associated with a pre-approved sales order, providing a structured approach to order fulfillment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Before initiating a Sales Delivery, consider the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Items and Inventory:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ensure that at least one product item is entered into the &amp;quot;Items and Inventory&amp;quot; database for accurate tracking and management of delivered products.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add and Manage Customers:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Have at least one customer record created under &amp;quot;Add and Edit Customer Records&amp;quot; to associate the delivery with a specific customer, maintaining a comprehensive customer database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to Generate Sales Delivery: ====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow these steps to generate Sales Delivery in Highnix ERP:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate to Sales Management:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access the Sales Management module in Highnix ERP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select Transaction Type:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Under Transactions, choose either &amp;quot;Direct Delivery&amp;quot; for immediate deliveries or &amp;quot;Delivery Against Sales Order&amp;quot; for deliveries associated with a sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in Required Details:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Enter customer information, product items, and any relevant delivery notes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify and Confirm:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Verify all details and confirm the Sales Delivery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;Digital Signing of Delivery Note&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Digital Signing of Delivery Note&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Digital Signing of Delivery Note|Tag: Digital Signing of Delivery Note]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highnix ERP provides a convenient Digital Signing feature that enables delivery personnel to obtain customers&#039; signatures electronically using a smartphone or tablet. The delivery personnel simply present the Delivery Note on a mobile device for the customer to review and digitally sign. This eliminates the need for paper documents while providing immediate proof of delivery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two methods available for digitally signing a Delivery Note.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Method 1: Built-in Digital Signature Pad (Available in Plus and Enterprise Editions) (Recommended)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the recommended method as it automatically records the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;IP address, GPS geolocation and timestamp&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; together with the customer&#039;s signature. These records provide additional evidence of the customer&#039;s acceptance of the delivered goods or services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The recorded GPS coordinates can also be copied and pasted into Google Maps to display the exact signing location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Using the Built-in Digital Signature Pad&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Preparation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** The Office Administrator should create or activate a delivery personnel login account. By default, Highnix ERP provides a shared login account named &#039;&#039;&#039;delivery&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is a restricted account that only allows access to the Digital Signature Pad and the function for emailing signed Delivery Notes to customers. The account may be shared among multiple delivery personnel, provided that only one active login session is used at any one time.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Navigate to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Mgt → Inquiry → Customer Transaction Inquiry&#039;&#039;&#039; and select the Delivery Notes to be delivered for the day. (Fig 1A and Fig 1B)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Highlight the selected Delivery Notes, then copy and paste the information into a spreadsheet. (Fig 1C)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Remove any unnecessary columns, leaving only the relevant information together with the Signature and Email icons.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Save the spreadsheet and send it to the delivery personnel via WhatsApp or any other messaging application. The delivery personnel can then open the spreadsheet on a mobile device to access the delivery details.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Tap the Signature icon to open the Digital Signature Pad on the mobile device. The customer&#039;s representative can sign directly on the screen and tap &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039; when completed. If necessary, the signature can be cleared and signed again before confirmation. (Fig 1D)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Once the signature has been confirmed, it is immediately saved to the server. The Office Administrator can view the signed Delivery Note in real time.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Either the Office Administrator or the delivery personnel may click the Email icon to send a copy of the signed Delivery Note directly to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
*** A sample of a signed Delivery Note is shown in Fig 1E.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** The Delivery Note should be presented on a smartphone or tablet in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Location Services (GPS) must be enabled on the mobile device, and the web browser must be granted permission to access the device&#039;s location. If either requirement is not met, the signing process will fail because GPS location is an essential part of the digital signature. (Fig 2A shows how to allow the browser to access your location. Fig 2B shows an example when Location Services or browser permission has not been enabled.)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Sign this Document&#039;&#039;&#039; icon to display the Digital Signature Pad. Once a Delivery Note has been signed, it is automatically locked to prevent duplicate signatures. If the document needs to be signed again, the original Delivery Note must first be voided and a new one generated.&lt;br /&gt;
*** The customer may sign using a finger or stylus on the touch screen. Before tapping &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;, the customer may clear or undo the signature if necessary. Once confirmed, the signature cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
*** The signed Delivery Note can be emailed directly to the customer by clicking the Email icon beside the Signature icon in the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
*** &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the mobile device is connected using Wi-Fi, the reported location may not accurately represent the actual signing location because Wi-Fi positioning depends on the Internet Service Provider&#039;s access point, which may be several kilometres away. For the most accurate GPS location, it is recommended to use the mobile data network instead of Wi-Fi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This feature provides a fast, efficient and secure method of digitally signing Delivery Notes while maintaining complete electronic records for future reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Delivery.png|center|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1A]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Selected Delivery.png|center|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1B]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Paste to spreadsheet.png|center|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Signature pad.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Fig 1D]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Del note sample.png|center|thumb|713x713px|Fig 1E]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Signature-allow location.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Fig 2A]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Location not enable.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Fig 2B]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Method 2: Using Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method allows customers to sign the Delivery Note using the Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign application on a smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Presenting the Delivery Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Generate the Delivery Note from Highnix ERP in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
** Present the PDF on a smartphone or tablet for the customer to review.&lt;br /&gt;
** Ensure that Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign is installed on the mobile device. The application can be downloaded from the appropriate app store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Customer Signature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** The customer can use Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign to digitally sign the Delivery Note.&lt;br /&gt;
** The application provides a simple and user-friendly interface for adding handwritten signatures to PDF documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Emailing the Signed Delivery Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** After the customer has signed the Delivery Note, the delivery personnel can use Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign to email the signed PDF directly from the mobile device.&lt;br /&gt;
** This eliminates the need for physical paperwork and ensures that the signed document is delivered promptly to the office or customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Video Tutorial&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a step-by-step demonstration of the Digital Signing feature, watch the video tutorial available at:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.youtube.com/embed/qW-mLfvgPvg &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Click Here&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tutorial demonstrates the complete signing process and serves as a useful guide for both office staff and delivery personnel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Benefits of Digital Signing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paperless Workflow&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** Eliminates printed Delivery Notes, reducing paper consumption and manual document handling.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Improved Efficiency&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** Speeds up the delivery process by allowing signed Delivery Notes to be returned to the office immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Enhanced Accountability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** Digital signatures help provide evidence of customer acceptance and maintain a complete electronic audit trail.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Real-Time Availability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** Signed Delivery Notes can be viewed immediately by office staff and emailed directly to customers.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Better Customer Service&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** Customers receive their signed Delivery Notes promptly, improving communication and overall service quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether using the built-in Digital Signature Pad or Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign, Highnix ERP provides a fast, efficient and paperless solution for capturing customer signatures and maintaining secure electronic delivery records.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Sales_Delivery&amp;diff=1470</id>
		<title>Sales Delivery</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Sales_Delivery&amp;diff=1470"/>
		<updated>2026-07-07T08:41:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Digital Signing of Delivery Note */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Sales Delivery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Delivery: Direct or Flip from Sales Order&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Purpose of Sales Delivery ====&lt;br /&gt;
Sales Delivery in Highnix ERP serves a crucial role in ensuring a seamless and efficient process for delivering products to customers. It is a pivotal component in the sales cycle, allowing businesses to fulfill customer orders while maintaining accurate records of product deliveries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Types of Sales Delivery: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Direct Delivery:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Involves delivering products directly to the customer without being associated with a specific sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Useful for cases where a customer places an immediate request, and the order is not linked to a previously generated sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
# Delivery Against Sales Order (Flipped Delivery):&lt;br /&gt;
#* The process of delivering products based on an existing sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ensures that delivered items are associated with a pre-approved sales order, providing a structured approach to order fulfillment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Before initiating a Sales Delivery, consider the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Items and Inventory:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ensure that at least one product item is entered into the &amp;quot;Items and Inventory&amp;quot; database for accurate tracking and management of delivered products.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add and Manage Customers:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Have at least one customer record created under &amp;quot;Add and Edit Customer Records&amp;quot; to associate the delivery with a specific customer, maintaining a comprehensive customer database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to Generate Sales Delivery: ====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow these steps to generate Sales Delivery in Highnix ERP:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate to Sales Management:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access the Sales Management module in Highnix ERP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select Transaction Type:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Under Transactions, choose either &amp;quot;Direct Delivery&amp;quot; for immediate deliveries or &amp;quot;Delivery Against Sales Order&amp;quot; for deliveries associated with a sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in Required Details:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Enter customer information, product items, and any relevant delivery notes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify and Confirm:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Verify all details and confirm the Sales Delivery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;Digital Signing of Delivery Note&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Digital Signing of Delivery Note&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Digital Signing of Delivery Note|Tag: Digital Signing of Delivery Note]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highnix ERP provides a convenient Digital Signing feature that enables delivery personnel to obtain customers&#039; signatures electronically using a smartphone or tablet. This eliminates the need for paper documents while providing immediate proof of delivery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The delivery personnel simply present the Delivery Note on a mobile device, allow the customer to verify the document, and obtain the customer&#039;s digital signature directly on the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highnix ERP supports two methods of digital signing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Method 1: Built-in Digital Signature Pad&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(Available in Highnix ERP Plus and Enterprise Editions, Recommended)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the recommended method as it automatically records the following information together with the customer&#039;s signature:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IP Address&lt;br /&gt;
* GPS Geolocation&lt;br /&gt;
* Date and Time Stamp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These records provide stronger evidence that the products or services have been delivered and accepted by the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The recorded GPS coordinates can be copied into Google Maps to display the exact signing location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Preparation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** The Office Administrator should create or activate a delivery personnel login account. By default, Highnix ERP includes a shared login account named &#039;&#039;&#039;delivery&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** The &#039;&#039;&#039;delivery&#039;&#039;&#039; account is a restricted user account that only allows access to:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Digital Signature Pad&lt;br /&gt;
*** Emailing signed Delivery Notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** This account can be shared among multiple delivery personnel. However, only one active login session is allowed at any one time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** Before the delivery run, the Office Administrator should navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Mgt → Inquiry → Customer Transaction Inquiry&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the Delivery Notes that need to be delivered for the day. (Fig 1A and Fig 1B)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** Highlight the selected records and copy them into a spreadsheet. (Fig 1C)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** Remove unnecessary columns and retain only the relevant information, including the Signature and Email icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** Save the spreadsheet and send it to the delivery personnel using WhatsApp or any other messaging application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** The delivery personnel can then open the spreadsheet on a mobile device and simply tap the Signature icon for the corresponding Delivery Note.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** The Digital Signature Pad will appear on the mobile device. The customer can review the Delivery Note and sign directly on the screen. (Fig 1D)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** Before confirming the signature, the customer may:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Clear the signature&lt;br /&gt;
*** Undo the previous stroke&lt;br /&gt;
*** Sign again if necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** Once the customer taps &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;, the signature will be permanently stored on the server and cannot be modified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** The Office Administrator can immediately view the signed Delivery Note in real time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** Either the Office Administrator or the delivery personnel may click the Email icon to send a copy of the signed Delivery Note directly to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** A sample signed Delivery Note is shown in Fig 1E.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Important Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** The Delivery Note should be presented on a smartphone or tablet in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** The mobile device must have Location Services (GPS) enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** The web browser must also be granted permission to access the device location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** If location access is denied, the signing process will fail because GPS location is a mandatory component of the digital signature. (Fig 2A and Fig 2B)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** After clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Sign this Document&#039;&#039;&#039;, the Digital Signature Pad will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** Once the signature has been confirmed, the Delivery Note is automatically locked to prevent multiple signatures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** If another signature is required, the original Delivery Note must first be voided before a replacement Delivery Note can be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** The signed Delivery Note may be emailed directly to the customer by clicking the Email icon beside the Signature icon in the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;GPS Accuracy&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*** When the mobile device is connected via Wi-Fi, the reported location may not accurately represent the physical location of the customer. Wi-Fi positioning is often based on the Internet Service Provider&#039;s access point and may be several kilometres away from the actual location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*** For the most accurate GPS coordinates, it is recommended to use the mobile data network instead of Wi-Fi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This built-in Digital Signature Pad provides a fast, efficient and secure method of obtaining customer signatures while maintaining complete electronic records for future reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Delivery.png|center|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1A]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Selected Delivery.png|center|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1B]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Paste to spreadsheet.png|center|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Signature pad.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Fig 1D]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Del note sample.png|center|thumb|713x713px|Fig 1E]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Signature-allow location.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Fig 2A]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Location not enable.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Fig 2B]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Method 2: Using Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method uses the Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign mobile application to obtain the customer&#039;s signature on a PDF Delivery Note.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Presenting the Delivery Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** Generate the Delivery Note from Highnix ERP in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** Display the PDF on a smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** Ensure that Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign has been installed on the mobile device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Customer Signature&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** The customer signs the PDF using Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** The application provides an easy-to-use interface for adding handwritten signatures to PDF documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Emailing the Signed Delivery Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** After the customer has signed the document, the delivery personnel may immediately email the signed PDF directly from the mobile device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** This eliminates manual paperwork while ensuring prompt delivery of signed documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Video Tutorial&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A step-by-step video tutorial demonstrating the Digital Signing feature is available at:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.youtube.com/embed/qW-mLfvgPvg &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Click Here&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tutorial demonstrates the complete signing process and serves as a useful guide for both office staff and delivery personnel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Benefits of Digital Signing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paperless Workflow&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*** Eliminates printed Delivery Notes and reduces paperwork.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Improved Efficiency&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*** Speeds up the delivery process and allows signed documents to be returned to the office immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Greater Accountability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*** Captures the customer&#039;s signature together with the IP address, GPS location and timestamp, providing stronger evidence of delivery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Real-Time Availability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*** Signed Delivery Notes are immediately available to office staff and can be emailed directly to customers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Better Customer Service&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*** Customers receive their signed Delivery Notes instantly without waiting for paper copies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By using the Digital Signing feature in Highnix ERP, organisations can modernise their delivery process, improve operational efficiency, reduce paperwork, and maintain secure electronic records of every delivery.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Sales_Delivery&amp;diff=1469</id>
		<title>Sales Delivery</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Sales_Delivery&amp;diff=1469"/>
		<updated>2026-07-07T08:37:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Digital Signing of Delivery Note */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Sales Delivery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Delivery: Direct or Flip from Sales Order&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Purpose of Sales Delivery ====&lt;br /&gt;
Sales Delivery in Highnix ERP serves a crucial role in ensuring a seamless and efficient process for delivering products to customers. It is a pivotal component in the sales cycle, allowing businesses to fulfill customer orders while maintaining accurate records of product deliveries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Types of Sales Delivery: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Direct Delivery:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Involves delivering products directly to the customer without being associated with a specific sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Useful for cases where a customer places an immediate request, and the order is not linked to a previously generated sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
# Delivery Against Sales Order (Flipped Delivery):&lt;br /&gt;
#* The process of delivering products based on an existing sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ensures that delivered items are associated with a pre-approved sales order, providing a structured approach to order fulfillment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Before initiating a Sales Delivery, consider the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Items and Inventory:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ensure that at least one product item is entered into the &amp;quot;Items and Inventory&amp;quot; database for accurate tracking and management of delivered products.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add and Manage Customers:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Have at least one customer record created under &amp;quot;Add and Edit Customer Records&amp;quot; to associate the delivery with a specific customer, maintaining a comprehensive customer database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to Generate Sales Delivery: ====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow these steps to generate Sales Delivery in Highnix ERP:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate to Sales Management:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access the Sales Management module in Highnix ERP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select Transaction Type:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Under Transactions, choose either &amp;quot;Direct Delivery&amp;quot; for immediate deliveries or &amp;quot;Delivery Against Sales Order&amp;quot; for deliveries associated with a sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in Required Details:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Enter customer information, product items, and any relevant delivery notes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify and Confirm:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Verify all details and confirm the Sales Delivery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;Digital Signing of Delivery Note&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Digital Signing of Delivery Note&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Digital Signing of Delivery Note|Tag: Digital Signing of Delivery Note]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highnix ERP offers a convenient feature that allows dispatch personnel to streamline the signing of delivery notes using a mobile or smart device. This process involves presenting the delivery note, verify and digitally sign on the Delivery note.  There are two methods which offer users a convenient way for their customers to digitally sign on the Delivery Note. There are 2 methods available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Method 1: (Only available on Plus and Enterprise) (Recommended)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method will capture &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;the IP address, the Geolocation and the Time Stamp&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of signature.  Having these information, it will facilitate the proof of signature and acceptance of the products/services delivered.  The geolocation co-ordinates can be copied and pasted on Google map application and it will show the location on the Google Map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Using the built-in digital signature pad&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Preparation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** Office administrator can activate a delivery personnel login account.  By default, a &amp;quot;delivery&amp;quot; account is setup in the system.  This login account is a special account which does not have access to any of the functions and features except the digital signature pad and sending the delivery note to the customer.  This login can be shared among all delivery personnel provided that at any time, only one login session for delivery is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Office adminstrator can navigate to Sales Mgt, Inquiry, Customer transaction Inquiry, select the customers of the delivery need to be made for the day for the delivery personnel.  (Fig 1A and 1B) &lt;br /&gt;
*** Then, highlight the deliveries need to be made, copy and paste to a spreadsheet.  (Fig 1C)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Delete the columns which are not necessary and leave the signature and envelop icons. (Fig C)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Save this spreadsheet and send to your delivery personnel via whatspp or other messaging apps.  From there, the delivery personnel can use mobile spreadsheet to open the delivery details.&lt;br /&gt;
*** He/she can click on the signature icon and a digital signature pad will be presented on the mobile device.  Customer&#039;s representative can sign on this pad and click Confirm if it is done.  Otherwise, it can be redo or clear. (Fig 1D)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Once it is confirmed, the signature will be saved to the server and the office staff or admin can see the signature in real time.  &lt;br /&gt;
*** The office staff and delivery personnel can click on the respective envelop icons to send a copy of the signed delivery note to their customers.&lt;br /&gt;
*** A sample of the delivery note with signature is shown in Fig 1E.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
***The dispatch personnel can present the delivery note, generated by Highnix ERP, on a smart or mobile device in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
***The geolocation of the device presenting the document for signing must be enabled and allow the access by the browser.  The signing will be failed if this is not enabled. (Fig 2A: Allow the browser to accesss your location. Fig 2B:  If the location is not enabled or the permission for the the browser to access the location is not enabled, the signing will fail.  The location is vital for digital signature.)&lt;br /&gt;
***Click on the icon &amp;quot;Sign this Document&amp;quot;.  If the document has been signed, the document will be locked from repeat signing.  To re-sign the document, it has to be first voided and recreated.&lt;br /&gt;
***The Digital Signature pad will appear.  The customer can sign on the pad using touch screeen, clear, or undo before Confirmation.  Once it is confirmed, it cannot be changed.  &lt;br /&gt;
***The signed document can be emailed directly to the customer by clicking on the envelop icon next to the signature icon on the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
***&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you device is connected via Wifi, it cannot be accurately capture the location because the location of wifi will depend on the Telco&#039;s internet connection service point.  Some time it could be a few km away.  Using Data will be more accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provide a quick and efficient way to digitally sign the Delivery Note with proper records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Delivery.png|center|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1A]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Selected Delivery.png|center|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1B]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Paste to spreadsheet.png|center|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Signature pad.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Fig 1D]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Del note sample.png|center|thumb|713x713px|Fig 1E]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Signature-allow location.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Fig 2A]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Location not enable.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Fig 2B]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Method 2: Using Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Presentation of Delivery Note:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**The dispatch personnel can present the delivery note, generated by Highnix ERP, on a smart or mobile device in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ensure that the device has the &amp;quot;Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign&amp;quot; app installed. The app can be downloaded from the relevant app store.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Customer Signature:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**The customer can utilize the &amp;quot;Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign&amp;quot; app to sign the presented PDF digitally.&lt;br /&gt;
**The app provides a user-friendly interface for adding signatures and other necessary information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Emailing the Signed PDF:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**After the customer has signed the delivery note, the dispatch personnel can use the &amp;quot;Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign&amp;quot; app to email the signed PDF directly from their mobile device.&lt;br /&gt;
**This feature streamlines the process, eliminating the need for physical paperwork and ensuring prompt documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Video Tutorial&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
For a visual guide on how to use the digital signing feature, a step-by-step video tutorial is available at [https://www.youtube.com/embed/qW-mLfvgPvg &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Here&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;]. This video tutorial provides a demonstration of the entire process, making it easy for both dispatch personnel and customers to follow along. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Benefits of Digital Signing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Efficiency:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
***The digital signing process reduces paperwork and manual handling, resulting in a more efficient and streamlined delivery documentation process.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Accuracy:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
***Digital signatures are secure and tamper-evident, ensuring the integrity and authenticity of the signed delivery notes.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Real-time Communication:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
***Instant email delivery of the signed PDF to the office and the customer facilitates real-time communication and documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By leveraging the digital signing capabilities of Highnix ERP through the &amp;quot;Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign&amp;quot; app, your organization can enhance the overall customer experience and modernize the delivery note signing process.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Sales_Delivery&amp;diff=1468</id>
		<title>Sales Delivery</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Sales_Delivery&amp;diff=1468"/>
		<updated>2026-07-07T08:34:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Digital Signing of Delivery Note */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Sales Delivery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Delivery: Direct or Flip from Sales Order&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Purpose of Sales Delivery ====&lt;br /&gt;
Sales Delivery in Highnix ERP serves a crucial role in ensuring a seamless and efficient process for delivering products to customers. It is a pivotal component in the sales cycle, allowing businesses to fulfill customer orders while maintaining accurate records of product deliveries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Types of Sales Delivery: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Direct Delivery:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Involves delivering products directly to the customer without being associated with a specific sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Useful for cases where a customer places an immediate request, and the order is not linked to a previously generated sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
# Delivery Against Sales Order (Flipped Delivery):&lt;br /&gt;
#* The process of delivering products based on an existing sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ensures that delivered items are associated with a pre-approved sales order, providing a structured approach to order fulfillment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Before initiating a Sales Delivery, consider the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Items and Inventory:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ensure that at least one product item is entered into the &amp;quot;Items and Inventory&amp;quot; database for accurate tracking and management of delivered products.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add and Manage Customers:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Have at least one customer record created under &amp;quot;Add and Edit Customer Records&amp;quot; to associate the delivery with a specific customer, maintaining a comprehensive customer database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to Generate Sales Delivery: ====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow these steps to generate Sales Delivery in Highnix ERP:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate to Sales Management:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access the Sales Management module in Highnix ERP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select Transaction Type:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Under Transactions, choose either &amp;quot;Direct Delivery&amp;quot; for immediate deliveries or &amp;quot;Delivery Against Sales Order&amp;quot; for deliveries associated with a sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in Required Details:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Enter customer information, product items, and any relevant delivery notes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify and Confirm:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Verify all details and confirm the Sales Delivery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;Digital Signing of Delivery Note&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Digital Signing of Delivery Note&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Digital Signing of Delivery Note|Tag: Digital Signing of Delivery Note]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highnix ERP offers a convenient feature that allows dispatch personnel to streamline the signing of delivery notes using a mobile or smart device. This process involves presenting the delivery note, verify and digitally sign on the Delivery note.  There are two methods which offer users a convenient way for their customers to digitally sign on the Delivery Note. There are 2 methods available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Method 1: (Only available on Plus and Enterprise)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method will capture &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;the IP address, the Geolocation and the Time Stamp&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of signature.  Having these information, it will facilitate the proof of signature and acceptance of the products/services delivered.  The geolocation co-ordinates can be copied and pasted on Google map application and it will show the location on the Google Map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Using the built-in digital signature pad&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Preparation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** Office administrator can activate a delivery personnel login account.  By default, a &amp;quot;delivery&amp;quot; account is setup in the system.  This login account is a special account which does not have access to any of the functions and features except the digital signature pad and sending the delivery note to the customer.  This login can be shared among all delivery personnel provided that at any time, only one login session for delivery is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Office adminstrator can navigate to Sales Mgt, Inquiry, Customer transaction Inquiry, select the customers of the delivery need to be made for the day for the delivery personnel.  (Fig 1A and 1B) &lt;br /&gt;
*** Then, highlight the deliveries need to be made, copy and paste to a spreadsheet.  (Fig 1C)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Delete the columns which are not necessary and leave the signature and envelop icons. (Fig C)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Save this spreadsheet and send to your delivery personnel via whatspp or other messaging apps.  From there, the delivery personnel can use mobile spreadsheet to open the delivery details.&lt;br /&gt;
*** He/she can click on the signature icon and a digital signature pad will be presented on the mobile device.  Customer&#039;s representative can sign on this pad and click Confirm if it is done.  Otherwise, it can be redo or clear. (Fig 1D)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Once it is confirmed, the signature will be saved to the server and the office staff or admin can see the signature in real time.  &lt;br /&gt;
*** The office staff and delivery personnel can click on the respective envelop icons to send a copy of the signed delivery note to their customers.&lt;br /&gt;
*** A sample of the delivery note with signature is shown in Fig 1E.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Presentation of Delivery Note:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
***The dispatch personnel can present the delivery note, generated by Highnix ERP, on a smart or mobile device in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
***The geolocation of the device presenting the document for signing must be enabled and allow the access by the browser.  The signing will be failed if this is not enabled. (Fig 2A: Allow the browser to accesss your location. Fig 2B:  If the location is not enabled or the permission for the the browser to access the location is not enabled, the signing will fail.  The location is vital for digital signature.)&lt;br /&gt;
***Click on the icon &amp;quot;Sign this Document&amp;quot;.  If the document has been signed, the document will be locked from repeat signing.  To re-sign the document, it has to be first voided and recreated.&lt;br /&gt;
***The Digital Signature pad will appear.  The customer can sign on the pad using touch screeen, clear, or undo before Confirmation.  Once it is confirmed, it cannot be changed.  &lt;br /&gt;
***The signed document can be emailed directly to the customer by clicking on the envelop icon next to the signature icon.&lt;br /&gt;
***&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you device is connected via Wifi, it cannot be accurately capture the location because the location of wifi will depend on the Telco&#039;s internet connection service point.  Some time it could be a few km away.  Using Data will be more accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provide a quick and efficient way to digitally sign the Delivery Note with proper records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Delivery.png|center|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1A]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Selected Delivery.png|center|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1B]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Paste to spreadsheet.png|center|thumb|800x800px|Fig 1C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Signature pad.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Fig 1D]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Del note sample.png|center|thumb|713x713px|Fig 1E]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Signature-allow location.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Fig 2A]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Location not enable.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Fig 2B]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Method 2: Using Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Presentation of Delivery Note:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**The dispatch personnel can present the delivery note, generated by Highnix ERP, on a smart or mobile device in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ensure that the device has the &amp;quot;Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign&amp;quot; app installed. The app can be downloaded from the relevant app store.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Customer Signature:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**The customer can utilize the &amp;quot;Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign&amp;quot; app to sign the presented PDF digitally.&lt;br /&gt;
**The app provides a user-friendly interface for adding signatures and other necessary information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Emailing the Signed PDF:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**After the customer has signed the delivery note, the dispatch personnel can use the &amp;quot;Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign&amp;quot; app to email the signed PDF directly from their mobile device.&lt;br /&gt;
**This feature streamlines the process, eliminating the need for physical paperwork and ensuring prompt documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Video Tutorial&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
For a visual guide on how to use the digital signing feature, a step-by-step video tutorial is available at [https://www.youtube.com/embed/qW-mLfvgPvg &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Here&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;]. This video tutorial provides a demonstration of the entire process, making it easy for both dispatch personnel and customers to follow along. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Benefits of Digital Signing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Efficiency:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
***The digital signing process reduces paperwork and manual handling, resulting in a more efficient and streamlined delivery documentation process.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Accuracy:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
***Digital signatures are secure and tamper-evident, ensuring the integrity and authenticity of the signed delivery notes.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Real-time Communication:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
***Instant email delivery of the signed PDF to the office and the customer facilitates real-time communication and documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By leveraging the digital signing capabilities of Highnix ERP through the &amp;quot;Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign&amp;quot; app, your organization can enhance the overall customer experience and modernize the delivery note signing process.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Del_note_sample.png&amp;diff=1467</id>
		<title>File:Del note sample.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Del_note_sample.png&amp;diff=1467"/>
		<updated>2026-07-07T08:34:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Del_note_sample&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Signature_pad.png&amp;diff=1466</id>
		<title>File:Signature pad.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Signature_pad.png&amp;diff=1466"/>
		<updated>2026-07-07T08:28:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Signature_pad&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Paste_to_spreadsheet.png&amp;diff=1465</id>
		<title>File:Paste to spreadsheet.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Paste_to_spreadsheet.png&amp;diff=1465"/>
		<updated>2026-07-07T08:24:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Paste_to_spreadsheet&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Delivery.png&amp;diff=1464</id>
		<title>File:Delivery.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Delivery.png&amp;diff=1464"/>
		<updated>2026-07-07T08:19:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Delivery&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Selected_Delivery.png&amp;diff=1463</id>
		<title>File:Selected Delivery.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=File:Selected_Delivery.png&amp;diff=1463"/>
		<updated>2026-07-07T08:16:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Selected_Delivery&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Sales_Delivery&amp;diff=1462</id>
		<title>Sales Delivery</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Sales_Delivery&amp;diff=1462"/>
		<updated>2026-07-07T04:07:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Digital Signing of Delivery Note */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Sales Delivery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Delivery: Direct or Flip from Sales Order&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Purpose of Sales Delivery ====&lt;br /&gt;
Sales Delivery in Highnix ERP serves a crucial role in ensuring a seamless and efficient process for delivering products to customers. It is a pivotal component in the sales cycle, allowing businesses to fulfill customer orders while maintaining accurate records of product deliveries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Types of Sales Delivery: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Direct Delivery:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Involves delivering products directly to the customer without being associated with a specific sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Useful for cases where a customer places an immediate request, and the order is not linked to a previously generated sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
# Delivery Against Sales Order (Flipped Delivery):&lt;br /&gt;
#* The process of delivering products based on an existing sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ensures that delivered items are associated with a pre-approved sales order, providing a structured approach to order fulfillment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Before initiating a Sales Delivery, consider the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Items and Inventory:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ensure that at least one product item is entered into the &amp;quot;Items and Inventory&amp;quot; database for accurate tracking and management of delivered products.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add and Manage Customers:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Have at least one customer record created under &amp;quot;Add and Edit Customer Records&amp;quot; to associate the delivery with a specific customer, maintaining a comprehensive customer database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to Generate Sales Delivery: ====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow these steps to generate Sales Delivery in Highnix ERP:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate to Sales Management:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Access the Sales Management module in Highnix ERP.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select Transaction Type:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Under Transactions, choose either &amp;quot;Direct Delivery&amp;quot; for immediate deliveries or &amp;quot;Delivery Against Sales Order&amp;quot; for deliveries associated with a sales order.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in Required Details:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Enter customer information, product items, and any relevant delivery notes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify and Confirm:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Verify all details and confirm the Sales Delivery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span id=&amp;quot;Digital Signing of Delivery Note&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Digital Signing of Delivery Note&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Digital Signing of Delivery Note|Tag: Digital Signing of Delivery Note]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highnix ERP offers a convenient feature that allows dispatch personnel to streamline the signing of delivery notes using a mobile or smart device. This process involves presenting the delivery note, verify and digitally sign on the Delivery note.  There are two methods which offer users a convenient way for their customers to digitally sign on the Delivery Note. There are 2 methods available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Method 1: (Only available on Plus and Enterprise)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method will capture &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;the IP address, the Geolocation and the Time Stamp&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of signature.  Having these information, it will facilitate the proof of signature and acceptance of the products/services delivered.  The geolocation co-ordinates can be copied and pasted on Google map application and it will show the location on the Google Map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Using the built-in digital signature pad&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Preparation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** Office administrator can activate a delivery personnel login account.  By default, a &amp;quot;delivery&amp;quot; account is setup in the system.  This login account is a special account which does not have access to any of the functions and features.  It can be shared among all delivery personnel provided the delivery personnel logout after completing the signature &lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Presentation of Delivery Note:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
***The dispatch personnel can present the delivery note, generated by Highnix ERP, on a smart or mobile device in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
***The geolocation of the device presenting the document for signing must be enabled and allow the access by the browser.  The signing will be failed if this is not enabled. (Fig 2A: Allow the browser to accesss your location. Fig 2B:  If the location is not enabled or the permission for the the browser to access the location is not enabled, the signing will fail.  The location is vital for digital signature.)&lt;br /&gt;
***Click on the icon &amp;quot;Sign this Document&amp;quot;.  If the document has been signed, the document will be locked from repeat signing.  To re-sign the document, it has to be first voided and recreated.&lt;br /&gt;
***The Digital Signature pad will appear.  The customer can sign on the pad using touch screeen, clear, or undo before Confirmation.  Once it is confirmed, it cannot be changed.  &lt;br /&gt;
***The signed document can be emailed directly to the customer by clicking on the envelop icon next to the signature icon.&lt;br /&gt;
***&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you device is connected via Wifi, it cannot be accurately capture the location because the location of wifi will depend on the Telco&#039;s internet connection service point.  Some time it could be a few km away.  Using Data will be more accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provide a quick and efficient way to digitally sign the Delivery Note with proper records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Select the DN.png|center|thumb|900x900px|Fig 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Signature-allow location.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Fig 2A]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Location not enable.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Fig 2B]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Method 2: Using Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Presentation of Delivery Note:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**The dispatch personnel can present the delivery note, generated by Highnix ERP, on a smart or mobile device in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ensure that the device has the &amp;quot;Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign&amp;quot; app installed. The app can be downloaded from the relevant app store.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Customer Signature:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**The customer can utilize the &amp;quot;Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign&amp;quot; app to sign the presented PDF digitally.&lt;br /&gt;
**The app provides a user-friendly interface for adding signatures and other necessary information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Emailing the Signed PDF:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**After the customer has signed the delivery note, the dispatch personnel can use the &amp;quot;Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign&amp;quot; app to email the signed PDF directly from their mobile device.&lt;br /&gt;
**This feature streamlines the process, eliminating the need for physical paperwork and ensuring prompt documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Video Tutorial&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
For a visual guide on how to use the digital signing feature, a step-by-step video tutorial is available at [https://www.youtube.com/embed/qW-mLfvgPvg &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Here&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;]. This video tutorial provides a demonstration of the entire process, making it easy for both dispatch personnel and customers to follow along. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Benefits of Digital Signing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Efficiency:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
***The digital signing process reduces paperwork and manual handling, resulting in a more efficient and streamlined delivery documentation process.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Accuracy:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
***Digital signatures are secure and tamper-evident, ensuring the integrity and authenticity of the signed delivery notes.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Real-time Communication:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
***Instant email delivery of the signed PDF to the office and the customer facilitates real-time communication and documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By leveraging the digital signing capabilities of Highnix ERP through the &amp;quot;Adobe Fill &amp;amp; Sign&amp;quot; app, your organization can enhance the overall customer experience and modernize the delivery note signing process.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Late_Payment_Interest&amp;diff=1461</id>
		<title>Late Payment Interest</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Late_Payment_Interest&amp;diff=1461"/>
		<updated>2026-06-21T13:41:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: /* Mixing LPI with Normal Invoice Items */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Late Payment Interest (LPI) Module User Guide =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Late Payment Interest (LPI) Module is designed to help organizations automatically calculate and bill interest on overdue customer balances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is suitable for organizations that are legally or contractually entitled to charge interest on outstanding amounts, including:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations (MCST) in Singapore&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations and Joint Management Bodies (JMB) in Malaysia&lt;br /&gt;
* Property management companies&lt;br /&gt;
* Service providers with contractual late payment clauses&lt;br /&gt;
* Any business that charges interest on overdue receivables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module automates the calculation of Late Payment Interest (LPI) and Additional Payment Interest (API), ensuring consistent and accurate billing of overdue accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Understanding Late Payment Interest =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is Late Payment Interest (LPI)? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest (LPI) is an interest charge imposed on overdue amounts when payment is not received within the specified grace period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LPI may arise from:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Statutory or By-Law Provisions ===&lt;br /&gt;
Certain legislation and by-laws permit organizations to charge interest on overdue payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporation Strata Title (MCST) entities in Singapore&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations (MC) and Joint Management Bodies (JMB) in Malaysia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These organizations are generally permitted to impose interest on overdue maintenance fees, sinking fund contributions, and other charges when payment remains outstanding after the prescribed grace period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contractual Agreements ===&lt;br /&gt;
Businesses may also impose interest on overdue invoices when such charges are expressly stated in a contract, service agreement, sales agreement, or terms and conditions accepted by the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such charges are commonly referred to as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Late Payment Interest (LPI)&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional Payment Interest (API)&lt;br /&gt;
* Finance Charges&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest on Overdue Accounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Non-Compounded Interest Requirement ==&lt;br /&gt;
In many situations, interest is expected to be calculated on a simple (non-compounded) basis unless the parties have expressly agreed otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest is calculated only on the original overdue principal amount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Previously charged interest is not included in subsequent interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding Amount: $1,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1 Interest: $10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2 Interest: Still calculated on $1,000 only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous $10 interest is not included in the interest calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Compounded Interest ==&lt;br /&gt;
Compounded interest occurs when previously charged interest becomes part of the balance used for future interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding Amount: $1,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1 Interest: $10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2 Interest is calculated on $1,010 instead of $1,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because compounded interest has legal and contractual implications, it should only be used when explicitly agreed upon and permitted by applicable regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Highnix LPI Module supports both methods.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Configuring Late Payment Interest Terms =&lt;br /&gt;
Before generating Late Payment Interest transactions, the interest terms must be configured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;System Setup → Late Payment Interest Terms&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this setup screen, define the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Interest Rate ===&lt;br /&gt;
The annual interest rate to be charged on overdue balances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 10% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
* 12% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grace Period ===&lt;br /&gt;
The number of days after the invoice date during which no interest is charged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the grace period is 30 days, interest begins only after the invoice remains unpaid for more than 30 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Additional Grace Period ===&lt;br /&gt;
An optional additional period before interest calculations commence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows organizations to provide further flexibility to customers before interest charges are applied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Interest Calculation Basis ===&lt;br /&gt;
Select whether interest should be calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Daily Basis&lt;br /&gt;
* Monthly Basis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The form is self-explanatory and allows administrators to configure the organization&#039;s preferred interest charging policy.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Defining the Late Payment Interest Item =&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest is billed using a dedicated service item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Default Item ==&lt;br /&gt;
Highnix provides a predefined service item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Item Code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;late_pmt_interest&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;late_pmt_interest&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This item is automatically available after installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changing the LPI Item ==&lt;br /&gt;
If a different item code or description is preferred, users may create a new service item and designate it as the official Late Payment Interest item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;System Setup → Forms and Docs Reference Number&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the desired item code from the available list and save the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All future Late Payment Interest transactions will use the selected item.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Configuring Compounded Interest for a Customer =&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports customer-specific control over compounded interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = No&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means interest is calculated using the standard non-compounded method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enabling Compounded Interest ==&lt;br /&gt;
If a customer has contractually agreed to compounded interest, enable the setting as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Management → Maintenance → Add and Edit Customer Records&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the customer profile and change:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequent Late Payment Interest calculations will then include previously charged LPI amounts in future interest computations.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Mixing LPI with Normal Invoice Items =&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest transactions are treated differently from normal sales transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because future interest calculations depend on the nature of the transaction, combining Late Payment Interest items with normal sales items may lead to incorrect interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the system automatically enforces the following rules:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-Compounded Interest Customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
When:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = No&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system does not allow Late Payment Interest items to be mixed with normal sales items within the same invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This ensures compliance with standard non-compounded interest principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Compounded Interest Customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
When:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system permits Late Payment Interest items and normal sales items to coexist within the same transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This supports customers who have expressly agreed to compounded interest arrangements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Examples of Late Payment Interest Calculation ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following examples illustrate the difference between non-compounded and compounded Late Payment Interest (LPI) calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example 1: Non-Compounded Interest ===&lt;br /&gt;
Assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Outstanding invoice amount: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest rate: 12% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest calculated monthly&lt;br /&gt;
* Monthly interest rate: 1%&lt;br /&gt;
* Customer setting: LPI on LPI = No&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding principal: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 + $100 = $10,100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding principal used for interest calculation: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accumulated outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,100 + $100 = $10,200&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding principal used for interest calculation: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accumulated outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,200 + $100 = $10,300&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, interest is always calculated based on the original overdue amount of $10,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although previous LPI charges remain unpaid, they are not included in subsequent interest calculations. This is known as non-compounded interest or simple interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example 2: Compounded Interest ===&lt;br /&gt;
Assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Outstanding invoice amount: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest rate: 12% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest calculated monthly&lt;br /&gt;
* Monthly interest rate: 1%&lt;br /&gt;
* Customer setting: LPI on LPI = Yes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding amount subject to interest: $10,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 × 1% = $100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,000 + $100 = $10,100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding amount subject to interest: $10,100&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,100 × 1% = $101&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,100 + $101 = $10,201&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding amount subject to interest: $10,201&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interest charged:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,201 × 1% = $102.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total outstanding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$10,201 + $102.01 = $10,303.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, previously charged LPI becomes part of the amount used for future interest calculations. This is known as compounded interest or interest on interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Important Note ===&lt;br /&gt;
In many jurisdictions, Late Payment Interest is generally calculated on a non-compounded basis unless otherwise permitted by law or expressly agreed between the parties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, Highnix defaults the customer setting &amp;quot;LPI on LPI&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;No&amp;quot;. Users should only enable &amp;quot;LPI on LPI = Yes&amp;quot; when compounded interest is legally permissible and has been contractually agreed by the relevant parties.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Recommended Practice =&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure accurate and compliant interest calculations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Configure the organization&#039;s LPI Terms before generating interest charges.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify that the correct LPI service item has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use non-compounded interest unless compounded interest is legally permitted and contractually agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable &amp;quot;LPI on LPI&amp;quot; only for customers with documented approval for compounded interest.&lt;br /&gt;
# Review generated LPI transactions before posting them to customer accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following these guidelines will help ensure accurate calculation and proper management of overdue receivables using the Highnix LPI Module.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Late_Payment_Interest&amp;diff=1460</id>
		<title>Late Payment Interest</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Late_Payment_Interest&amp;diff=1460"/>
		<updated>2026-06-21T13:14:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Late Payment Interest (LPI) Module User Guide =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Late Payment Interest (LPI) Module is designed to help organizations automatically calculate and bill interest on overdue customer balances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is suitable for organizations that are legally or contractually entitled to charge interest on outstanding amounts, including:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations (MCST) in Singapore&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations and Joint Management Bodies (JMB) in Malaysia&lt;br /&gt;
* Property management companies&lt;br /&gt;
* Service providers with contractual late payment clauses&lt;br /&gt;
* Any business that charges interest on overdue receivables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module automates the calculation of Late Payment Interest (LPI) and Additional Payment Interest (API), ensuring consistent and accurate billing of overdue accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Understanding Late Payment Interest =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is Late Payment Interest (LPI)? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest (LPI) is an interest charge imposed on overdue amounts when payment is not received within the specified grace period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LPI may arise from:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Statutory or By-Law Provisions ===&lt;br /&gt;
Certain legislation and by-laws permit organizations to charge interest on overdue payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporation Strata Title (MCST) entities in Singapore&lt;br /&gt;
* Management Corporations (MC) and Joint Management Bodies (JMB) in Malaysia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These organizations are generally permitted to impose interest on overdue maintenance fees, sinking fund contributions, and other charges when payment remains outstanding after the prescribed grace period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contractual Agreements ===&lt;br /&gt;
Businesses may also impose interest on overdue invoices when such charges are expressly stated in a contract, service agreement, sales agreement, or terms and conditions accepted by the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such charges are commonly referred to as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Late Payment Interest (LPI)&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional Payment Interest (API)&lt;br /&gt;
* Finance Charges&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest on Overdue Accounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Non-Compounded Interest Requirement ==&lt;br /&gt;
In many situations, interest is expected to be calculated on a simple (non-compounded) basis unless the parties have expressly agreed otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Interest is calculated only on the original overdue principal amount.&lt;br /&gt;
* Previously charged interest is not included in subsequent interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding Amount: $1,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1 Interest: $10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2 Interest: Still calculated on $1,000 only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous $10 interest is not included in the interest calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Compounded Interest ==&lt;br /&gt;
Compounded interest occurs when previously charged interest becomes part of the balance used for future interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outstanding Amount: $1,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 1 Interest: $10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Month 2 Interest is calculated on $1,010 instead of $1,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because compounded interest has legal and contractual implications, it should only be used when explicitly agreed upon and permitted by applicable regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Highnix LPI Module supports both methods.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Configuring Late Payment Interest Terms =&lt;br /&gt;
Before generating Late Payment Interest transactions, the interest terms must be configured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;System Setup → Late Payment Interest Terms&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this setup screen, define the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Interest Rate ===&lt;br /&gt;
The annual interest rate to be charged on overdue balances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 10% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
* 12% per annum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grace Period ===&lt;br /&gt;
The number of days after the invoice date during which no interest is charged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the grace period is 30 days, interest begins only after the invoice remains unpaid for more than 30 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Additional Grace Period ===&lt;br /&gt;
An optional additional period before interest calculations commence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows organizations to provide further flexibility to customers before interest charges are applied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Interest Calculation Basis ===&lt;br /&gt;
Select whether interest should be calculated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Daily Basis&lt;br /&gt;
* Monthly Basis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The form is self-explanatory and allows administrators to configure the organization&#039;s preferred interest charging policy.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Defining the Late Payment Interest Item =&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest is billed using a dedicated service item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Default Item ==&lt;br /&gt;
Highnix provides a predefined service item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Item Code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;late_pmt_interest&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;late_pmt_interest&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This item is automatically available after installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changing the LPI Item ==&lt;br /&gt;
If a different item code or description is preferred, users may create a new service item and designate it as the official Late Payment Interest item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;System Setup → Forms and Docs Reference Number&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the desired item code from the available list and save the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All future Late Payment Interest transactions will use the selected item.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Configuring Compounded Interest for a Customer =&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports customer-specific control over compounded interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = No&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means interest is calculated using the standard non-compounded method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enabling Compounded Interest ==&lt;br /&gt;
If a customer has contractually agreed to compounded interest, enable the setting as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navigate to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Management → Maintenance → Add and Edit Customer Records&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the customer profile and change:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequent Late Payment Interest calculations will then include previously charged LPI amounts in future interest computations.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Mixing LPI with Normal Invoice Items =&lt;br /&gt;
Late Payment Interest transactions are treated differently from normal sales transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because future interest calculations depend on the nature of the transaction, combining Late Payment Interest items with normal sales items may lead to incorrect interest calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the system automatically enforces the following rules:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-Compounded Interest Customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
When:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = No&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system does not allow Late Payment Interest items to be mixed with normal sales items within the same invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This ensures compliance with standard non-compounded interest principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Compounded Interest Customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
When:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LPI on LPI = Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system permits Late Payment Interest items and normal sales items to coexist within the same transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This supports customers who have expressly agreed to compounded interest arrangements.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Recommended Practice =&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure accurate and compliant interest calculations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Configure the organization&#039;s LPI Terms before generating interest charges.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verify that the correct LPI service item has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use non-compounded interest unless compounded interest is legally permitted and contractually agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable &amp;quot;LPI on LPI&amp;quot; only for customers with documented approval for compounded interest.&lt;br /&gt;
# Review generated LPI transactions before posting them to customer accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following these guidelines will help ensure accurate calculation and proper management of overdue receivables using the Highnix LPI Module.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Late_Payment_Interest&amp;diff=1459</id>
		<title>Late Payment Interest</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.highnix.com/helpwiki/index.php?title=Late_Payment_Interest&amp;diff=1459"/>
		<updated>2026-06-21T12:49:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Khkoh: Created page with &amp;quot;__FORCETOC__&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__FORCETOC__&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Khkoh</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>